Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Paper, Lumber & Forest Products / Schweitzer-Mauduit International

Schweitzer-Mauduit International

swm · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker swm
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Paper, Lumber & Forest Products
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Schweitzer-Mauduit International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2011 AnnuAl RepoRt

II

Seven West Media  
is Australia’s leading  
multi-platform media group

CONTENTS

From the Chairman 

From the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director 

Year in Review 

Business Performance: Pro-forma Full Year Results 

Broadcast Television 

The West    

Magazine Publishing 

Digital Media 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance 

Directors’ Report   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration                                                       

Independent Auditor’s Report                                     

2 

4

6

7 

8 

12

16 

19

22

26

31

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

97

98

Company Information                                                    

Investor Information                                                       

Shareholder Information                                               

100

101

102

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    1

From the Chairman

Welcome to the first annual report for seven West media. 

2

This is the first annual report for 
Seven West Media. 

West Australian Newspapers’ acquisition 
of Seven Media Group was a significant 
step for the company and its shareholders. 
Together we have created the opportunity 
to successfully leverage the future of our 
company, drawing on the combined 
strengths of each of the organisations 
across the major mainstream media 
of print, television and online. 

Our acknowledged strengths 
in newspapers in Western Australia, 
combined with the Seven Media Group’s 
national platforms – including Channel 7 
in Perth – are successfully utilising 
the combined resources that each 
company brings to a larger diversified 
audience base. The challenge for our 
management team is to take advantage 
of the opportunity to develop a responsive 
enterprising group. They also have the 
opportunity to build our position in new 
media through our online Yahoo!7 platform.

The media landscape is constantly 
and quickly changing and the current 
economic conditions that affect traditional 
media and our advertising base have 
been well publicised. It is in these 
challenging times we see the strength 
of the group working as ‘one company’. 
The profit growth achieved by Seven 
West Media outperformed all other listed 
media companies. As promised, we have 
paid dividends in line with guidance. 
We demonstrated that we can achieve 
a sound economic performance even 
in difficult times. 

We commenced this current financial 
year knowing we would face challenges 
because of the economy and the 
challenging and changing retail market. 
We are confident that we will continue 
to perform better than any of our peer 
groups. Our confidence is based on the 
continuing strong performance of Seven 

The media landscape is constantly evolving. 
Where some media companies see challenges 
we see opportunities for growth and development. 
The transaction secures the future of two great 
media businesses. 

Network Australia – the nation’s number 
one television network and the positive 
changes that have been implemented 
in West Australian Newspapers which have 
seen us hold circulation and revenue. 

In these conditions we will also have 
a focus not only on growing our revenue 
share but also on reducing costs to ensure 
we achieve our objectives despite the 
economic conditions. We are fortunate 
that all of our companies are the best in 
their various categories in Australia . 

Two of your company’s major 
shareholders, Seven Group Holdings 
and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, 
have publicly committed themselves 
to participate in the company’s dividend 
re-investment plan – an undertaking that 
underlines both shareholders’ commitment 
to Seven West Media and provides the 
opportunity for your company to focus 
on the allocation of funds that will further 
strengthen the financial performance of the 
business. 

The formation of Seven West Media has 
seen the appointment of David Leckie from 
Seven Media Group as Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director, and Justin 
Reizes from Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & 
Co, as Directors. They join me and former 
Directors of West Australian Newspapers 
on the Board of Seven West Media – 
Doug Flynn, Don Voelte, Sam Walsh AO, 
Graeme John AO and Peter Gammell.

Your board and the management of Seven 
West Media are committed to ensuring 
that we maximise the future for the 
company, build shareholder value through 
improving performance and profit growth 
and thereby ensure our ability to continue 
our dividend payments.

The decision to bring together two great 
media companies creates one company 
that has Australia’s best performing media 
businesses, strong cashflows, great 
management and a strong independent 
board. The West’s merger with of Seven 
Media Group has created a company 
that has the scope and scale to build and 
invest in its businesses and its people. It is 
our people, and their talent, creativity and 
commitment that drives your company and 
its future. On behalf of your board I thank 
you, our shareholders, and the people 
of Seven West Media for your commitment 
to this company.

Kerry Stokes AC
Chairman

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    3

From the 
Chief Executive Officer  
and Managing Director

By any measure 
this has Been an 
extraordinary 
tWelve months 
for your company. 

The formation of Seven West Media 
brings together some of Australia’s 
best-performing media businesses. 
Each are well-placed to continue to build 
their businesses and take advantage 
of improvements in advertising demand  
over the coming twelve months. 

It is early days in the life of the new 
company, however, we are very happy 
with our progress over the first few months 
as Seven West Media. Much has been 
done. More will be done as we create and 
develop ‘one company’ which delivers 
market leadership across its array of media 
platforms. 

Our strong financial results over the past 
twelve months in a difficult market confirm 
the underlying strengths and leadership 
of our businesses. On a pro forma basis, 
Seven West Media delivered earnings 
before interest, taxation, depreciation 
and amortisation of $617.5 million and 
earnings before interest and taxation 
(EBIT) of $550.1 million on revenues 
of $1,960.6 million. Total revenue is 
up 4 per cent on the pro forma prior 
corresponding period contained in the 
shareholder transaction documentation 
for The West’s acquisition of Seven Media 
Group. EBITDA is up 12 per cent on the 
prior corresponding period and EBIT 
is up 14 per cent. 

Our businesses are performing well. 

Seven continues to lead the market 
in television advertising revenue share. 
Recent industry figures put Seven’s 

share of the advertising revenue market 
at 37.6 per cent. More Australians watch 
Seven than any other television network 
and we are building audiences in all 
key demographics as we expand our 
digital broadcast platform. Seven’s new 
agreement with the Australian Football 
League for broadcast television rights 
for the 2012-16 seasons underscores 
a commitment to secure key programming 
content to drive the network’s leadership 
in broadcast television in an increasingly 
competitive landscape. 

The West Australian is an important part 
of the lives of all West Australians. It also 
has market-leading margins, manages 
its operations and costs effectively, 
and has increased its total readership 
by 1.3 per cent over the past twelve 
months, consolidating its circulation 
in a challenging market for newspapers. 

Our magazine publishing business, Pacific 
Magazines, has delivered a positive 
performance in a competitive and 
challenging market over the past twelve 
months. It has delivered improvements 
in margins and secured the largest 
circulation share increase of any Australian 
magazine publishing company. 

Pacific Magazines is the only major 
publishing company to increase 
advertising share and is acknowledged 
as Australia’s most powerful portfolio 
of magazines, occupying the largest per 
title share of circulation and readership 
of all major publishers. 

Seven West Media’s online and new 
media presence through Yahoo!7, a joint 
venture with Yahoo! Inc continues its 
strong momentum, delivering strong 
margins and diversifying into the fast 
growing social commerce category with 
the recent acquisition of Spreets, the first 
online group buying company in Australia. 

4

Our focus over the 
coming twelve months 
is to build on our 
leadership, create great 
content, manage our 
costs in a challenging 
advertising market and 
drive greater links and 
synergies between and 
across our businesses. 

A signpost to our future is Yahoo!7’s 
PLUS7 catch-up TV which streams almost 
three million full episodes of Seven’s most 
popular programmes every month – with 
300 hours of content across Seven and 
7TWO’s primetime programmes. 

Our objective over the coming twelve 
months is to consolidate and strengthen 
our performance and the advertising 
revenue shares of our media businesses 
in a challenging overall market impacted 
by a decline in consumer confidence. 
This means we will continue to invest 
in our creative content while undertaking 
a far-reaching and transformational 
‘whole of business’ cost review focused 

on synergy creation and integration that 
will define the future management of your 
company and its media businesses. 

of media platforms. We are looking forward 
to driving home our leadership and taking 
this great media company to the next level. 

Our focus over the coming twelve months 
is to build on our leadership, create great 
content, manage our costs in a challenging 
advertising market and drive greater links 
and synergies between and across our 
businesses. 

No media company in Australia has 
our depth of management or our great 
content. I would like to acknowledge 
our management and all of our people. 
We have the best people in the business. 
No media company has our ability to 
deliver great content across a portfolio 

David Leckie  
Chief Executive Officer  
and Managing Director

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    5

Year in Review

contained in the shareholder transaction 
documentation. EBITDA is up 12 per cent 
on the pcp and EBIT is up 14 per cent. 

The company has delivered a statutory 
profit after taxation of $115.1 million for the 
2010-2011 financial year. The result was 
underpinned by a 77.6 per cent increase 
in total revenue to $725.7 million. 

This statutory result includes twelve 
months of West Australian Newspapers 
Holdings and two and a half months 
of Seven Media Group. 

Earnings comparisons are difficult due 
to West Australian Newspapers Holdings’ 
acquisition of Seven Media Group from 
Seven Group Holdings and Kohlberg 
Kravis Roberts & Co. 

The company has delivered on the 
successful integration of West Australian 
Newspapers and Seven Media Group 
to create ‘one company’ and the 
company’s focus over the coming twelve 
months is to build on its leadership 
in broadcast television, print media and 
online and drive further cost synergies 
across the entire business. 

these are seven West 
media’s first annual 
results folloWing 
West australian 
neWspapers holdings’ 
acquisition of seven 
media group 
in april 2011. 

This transaction created Australia’s 
largest diversified media business with 
a leading presence in broadcast television, 
radio, newspaper publishing, magazine 
publishing and online.

The company’s financial year results 
on a pro forma basis (that is as if West 
Australian Newspapers and Seven Media 
Group had been combined for the entire 
2010-2011 financial year) are comparable 
to forecasts contained in the shareholder 
documentation to approve the creation 
of Seven West Media. 

The company also delivered at the high 
end of its market guidance for EBITDA 
issued in May 2011. 

On a pro forma basis, Seven West Media 
delivered earnings before interest, taxation, 
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) 
of $617.5 million and earnings before 
interest and taxation (EBIT) of $550.1 
million on revenues of $1,960.6 million. 

Total revenue is up 4 per cent on the pro 
forma prior corresponding period (pcp) 

PRO-FORMA EBITDA EARNINGS 2010/2011

617m
77.6%

INCREASE IN TOTAL STATUTORY REVENUE

The company has delivered a statutory profit after 
taxation of $115.1 million for the 2010-2011 financial 
year. The result was underpinned by a 77.6 per cent 
increase in total revenue to $725.7 million. 

6

Business Performance:  
Pro-forma Full Year Results

The Seven Network 
Seven delivered EBITDA of $376.7 million 
– a 23 per cent increase on the 2009-10 
financial year on an 8.4 per cent climb 
in revenues to $1,229.2 million. EBITDA 
margin is 30.6 per cent – up from 27.0 
per cent in the corresponding twelve 
months on cost growth of 3.0 per cent. 

West Australian Newspapers 
West Australian Newspapers delivered 
EBITDA of $172.9 million – down 0.9 per 
cent on the 2009-2010 financial year. 
Revenues were $411.5 million – down 
0.4 per cent on the previous financial 
year. EBITDA margin is 42.0 per cent vs 
42.2 per cent in the corresponding twelve 
months on flat costs. 

Pacific Magazines 
Pacific Magazines, has delivered a positive 
performance in a competitive and 
challenging market over the past twelve 
months – with EBITDA of $53.5 million, up 
0.9 per cent on the 2009-2010 financial 
year. EBITDA margin is 17.5 per cent – up 
from 16.6 per cent in the corresponding 
twelve months. The company delivered a 
5.4 per cent decrease in costs to $251.5 
million. 

Yahoo!7 
Seven West Media’s online and new 
media presence through Yahoo!7, a joint 
venture with Yahoo! Inc continues its 
strong momentum, delivering an EBITDA 
margin of 39.2 per cent over the past 
twelve months. Revenue is up 22.0 
per cent, EBITDA is up 14.0 per cent 
on the 2009-2010 financial year. 

Financial Year Ended 25 June 
2011 Results 
Seven West Media delivered a profit 
before income tax of $173.5 million 
on revenues of $725.7 million. Net profit 
after taxation was $115.1 million. 
EPS after taxation is 38.6 cents. 

Dividend 
A final dividend of 26 cents per share (fully 
franked) has been declared. 

Dividend Re-Investment Plan 
Seven West Media is committed 
to ensuring the future growth of the 
company and building shareholder 
value through a focus on enhancing 
the performance of its market-leading 
media businesses and strengthening the 
company’s balance sheet as it confronts 
an uncertain and tentative global 
economic outlook over the coming 
twelve months. 

Two of the company’s major shareholders, 
Seven Group Holdings and Kohlberg 
Kravis Roberts & Co, have committed 
to the company’s dividend re-investment 
plan – an undertaking that underlines both 
shareholders commitment to Seven West 
Media and provides the opportunity for 
the company to focus on the allocation 
of funds that will further strengthen the 
financial performance of the business. 

Balance Sheet 
Seven West Media has net assets 
of $2.511 billion and $232.8 million 
in available undrawn facilities 
at 25 June 2011. The company has 
commenced the formal process 
of re-financing all existing components 
of group debt – which is in line with 
expectations and detailed in the 
shareholder transaction documents – 
into the one facility. The company plans 
to complete this process in this current 
calendar year following positive initial 
indications on pricing and demand. 

Strategic Agenda 
The company is undertaking a 
transformational ‘whole of business’ cost 
review focused on synergy creation and 
integration. The company’s objective 
is to consolidate and strengthen its 
advertising revenue shares in television, 
newspapers, magazines and online 
in a challenging overall market impacted 
by a decline in consumer confidence. 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    7

Broadcast  
Television

more australians 
Watch seven 
than any other 
television netWork. 

In a year of major events and the launch 
of new digital channels, Seven continues 
to dominate the television landscape 
in Australia and is building audiences 
in all key demographics. 

Our broadcast television business has 
moved to a new level over the past twelve 
months, with our multiple channels on our 
digital broadcast platform confirming our 
leadership and driving audience growth 
across all key audience demographics. 
The new digital channels are designed 
to leverage and complement the success 
of our primary channel. 

Seven is number one for total viewers and 
in all key audience demographics: 16-39s, 
18-49s and 25-54s in the 2011 television 
year. 7TWO is the most-watched digital 
channel for total viewers and people 25+. 
Following its successful launch twelve 
months ago, 7mate is number one in its 
target men 16-54 audience across the 
2011 television season. 

Seven’s suite of three television 
channels delivers more viewers than 
any other network. 

This is our eighth consecutive year 
of leadership in breakfast television, 
our seventh consecutive year 
of leadership in news and public affairs, 
our fifth consecutive year of leadership 
in primetime, our fifth consecutive year 
of leadership in morning television and our 
sixth consecutive year of leadership overall 
across the 6:00am-midnight broadcast 
day. 

8

Our broadcast television business has moved to a new 
level over the past twelve months, with our multiple 
channels on our digital broadcast platform confirming 
our leadership and driving audience growth across 
all key audience demographics. 

delivering significant audience growth on its 
market-leading 2009 television year. 

Seven’s total primetime audience in 2010 
was up 7.6 per cent in total viewers, up 
5.7 per cent in 16-39s, up 4.7 per cent 
in 18-49s and 5.2 per cent in 25-54s 
on Seven’s audience delivery in 2009. 

This momentum has accelerated in the 
2011 television year, with Seven winning 
more weeks and primetime nights than any 
other network. 

Seven, 7TWO and 7mate combine 
to deliver Seven’s broadcast platform 
market leadership in primetime for total 
viewers, 16-39s, 18-49s and 25-54s 
across the current television year. Seven’s 
total primetime audience in 2011 is up 12.3 
per cent in total viewers, up 14.3 per cent 
in 16-39s, up 11.3 per cent in 18-49s 
and 11.0 per cent in 25-54s on Seven’s 
audience delivery in 2010. 

That leadership sees Seven securing 
a market-leading share of the television 
advertising market across the 2010 and 
2011 television seasons and the network 
is now in its sixth consecutive year 
of leadership in securing more advertising 
revenue than any other television network 
– with a market share of just under 38 per 
cent over the past twelve months. 

The performance of our digital 
broadcast platform and our leadership 
in Australian production confirm the 
fundamental strengths of our broadcast 
television business and its future 
in driving the creation and distribution 
of our content across an array 
of communications technologies. 

While we continue to build on our major 
presence in newspaper and magazines 
publishing and expand our capabilities 
in new content distribution technologies, 
we acknowledge that the fundamental 
strengths of broadcast television will 
continue to underpin our company’s 
development over the coming decade. 

Seven was Australia’s number one 
television network in the 2010 television 
year, leading in primetime on primary 
channels and in the combined audiences 
of primary and digital channels and also 

Driving our success is a continuing 
investment in, and the acknowledged 
depth of, our Australian programming – 
in particular, programming you see only on 
Seven. 

The success of My Kitchen Rules, 
Australia’s Got Talent, Dancing with the 
Stars and The X Factor confirm Seven’s 
leadership in event television. The success 
of two new Australian drama series 
Winners and Losers and Wild Boys 
combined with the performance of Home 
and Away and Australia’s most-watched 
regular programme, Packed to the Rafters, 
confirms Seven’s leadership in Australian 
drama. 

Seven continues to dominate the most-
watched programmes on television. 
Packed to the Rafters, Australia’s Got 
Talent, My Kitchen Rules, Dancing with 
the Stars, Better Homes and Gardens and 
two new projects for Seven – The Amazing 
Race and Winners and Losers – confirm 
Seven’s leadership in primetime across the 
2011 television year. 

Packed to the Rafters is the most-watched 
regular series on television, with a weekly 
average audience of 1.953 million. 
Winners and Losers, in its first series, has 
underlined Seven’s leadership in Australian 
drama series and delivered dominating 
audience shares in total viewers, 16-39s, 
18-49s and 25-54s. 

Downton Abbey ranks only behind Packed 
to the Rafters as the most-watched series 
and set a new benchmark on Sundays 
with 1.936 million viewers. Downton Abbey 
will return in a new series in 2012. 

My Kitchen Rules moved to a new level 
in 2011, up 6.0 per cent on its previous 
series and sweeping all before it across all 
key audience demographics. The Amazing 
Race delivered an average weekly 
audience of 1.260 million and winning 

shares in 16-39s, 18-49s and 25-54s. 
Australia’s Got Talent jumped 16.0 per cent 
on 2010 and delivered some of 2011’s 
biggest television audiences, with the final 
scoring 2.98 million viewers. Dancing with 
the Stars, delivered a winning 1.527 million 
viewers in a competitive and challenging 
Sunday night timeslot. 

Seven is number one in news and 
public affairs. 

Seven News is the most-watched nightly 
news bulletin, up 16.6 per cent on 
Nine News. Today Tonight is up 22.9 per 
cent on A Current Affair. Seven News and 
Today Tonight continue to build in their 
seventh consecutive year of leadership 
in nightly news and public affairs. 

Sunday Night, our weekly public affairs 
programme, continues to impress 
with an audience of 1.104 million 
in a competitive timeslot in 2011. 

Seven is number one in breakfast television. 

Sunrise continues to dominate in breakfast 
television. In its eighth consecutive year 
of leadership, Sunrise is up 10.8 per cent 
on Today in total viewers and up 13.8 
per cent on Today in all viewers under 55 
across 6:00-9:00am. 

Our success in broadcast television 
will continue to drive our development 
as a broad-based media company creating 
new content and applications across 
multiple delivery platforms, including 
multiple channels on our digital platform 
that will confirm our future, building on the 
strengths of broadcast television and our 
leadership in the creation and production 
of Australian television. 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    9

 
Broadcast  
Television

This core objective for our business drives 
our continuing investment in content. 

Our new agreement with the Australian 
Football League underscores this 
commitment to secure Seven’s leadership 
in broadcast television in an increasingly 
competitive landscape. 

The new multi-year partnership with the 
Australian Football League builds on the 
success of Seven’s coverage over the 
past five years and will see Seven as the 
only free-to-air broadcast television 
platform for the Australian Football League 
over the coming five years. 

Driving our success 
is a continuing investment 
in, and the acknowledged 
depth of, our Australian 
programming – 
in particular, programming 
you see only on Seven. 

Our success with Friday Night Football 
and Sunday Afternoon Football over the 
past twelve months and our high-definition 
and 3D television coverage of the drawn 
2010 AFL Grand Final and its re-match 
the following week confirms our deep 
connection with football and we look 
forward to expanding our coverage across 
Saturdays. 

Sports have played a defining role in our 
development. Over the coming decade, 
sports will continue to play a key role 
in the development of our business as 
we build on our leadership as a media 
and communications company, delivering 
broad sports coverage across an array 
of platforms. 

10

Packed to the RafteRs is the 
most-Watched regular series 
on television, With a Weekly 
average audience of

1.953m

WEEKLY AVERAGE AUDIENCE

As part of this strategy, a key undertaking 
for Seven this year has been our extensive 
coverage of The Championships from 
Wimbledon. In our first year of a multiple 
year broadcast television agreement with 
The All England Lawn Tennis and Croquet 
Club, Seven delivered broad coverage 
of Wimbledon across Seven and 7TWO. 

Over the coming twelve months with our 
expanding Australian Football League 
coverage as its cornerstone, Seven will 
confirm its leadership in event sports 
television with our coverage of the AFL, 
The Melbourne Cup, the V8 Supercar 
Championship, the Bathurst 1000 and The 
Australian Open. 

This strategy delivered significant growth 
in television audiences on 2010 – with 
timeslot dominating performances 
on Seven and 7TWO, including a new 
record audience of 737,000 viewers for 
a digital channel. 3.387 million viewers 
watched all or part of Wimbledon 
on Seven and 2.951 million viewers 
watched all or part of Wimbledon 
on 7TWO. The combined Seven and 
7TWO audience reach was 6.244 million 
viewers – an 88.8 per cent increase 
in reach on 2010. 

We have momentum in television and 
are well-placed to deliver a competitive 
performance over the coming 
twelve months. 

Our planning for the 2012 television 
season is well advanced with a number 
of new Australian series in development. 

These new projects include a new weekly 
drama series complementing this year’s 
successful launch of two new drama series 
Winners and Losers and Wild Boys and the 
continuing strong performances of Packed 
to the Rafters and Home and Away. 

The coming twelve months will also see 
new series for My Kitchen Rules, 
The Amazing Race, Dancing with the 
Stars, Australia’s Got Talent, The X Factor, 
Border Security, The Force and Better 
Homes and Gardens. 

Through our international programming 
partnerships, we have secured a number 
of promising new programmes for the 
new television season in 2012, including 
Revenge, Good Christian Bitches, 
Strikeback and Titanic and new series 
for Downton Abbey, Body of Proof, 
Grey’s Anatomy, The Amazing Race, 
Criminal Minds, Bones, Castle and 
Desperate Housewives. 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    11

The West 

this has Been 
an extraordinary year 
for West australian 
neWspapers. 

it has gone from Being 
a company that is 
primarily a neWspaper 
Business operating 
in Western australia, 
alBeit With one of 
the Best readership 
penetrations in the 
country, to part 
of the largest 
australian-domiciled 
national media group. 

Chris Wharton’s role as CEO of the leading 
media business in Western Australia, the 
cornerstone of which is the iconic The 
West Australian, has expanded to include 
the operations of Seven Perth. Chris was 
formerly Managing Director of Seven Perth 
for nine years and accordingly, has a 
great affinity with Seven Network in Perth 
and welcomes the opportunity to be part 
of it again. 

It is early days, but we have already begun 
to see the benefits that can be derived 
from combining Western Australia’s 
two leading media properties The West 
Australian and Seven Perth. Initially these 
benefits included cross promotion in the 
sales area, marketing, publicity campaigns 
and events, news content and online 
expertise. 

However, we are also identifying 
opportunities to enhance the content 
of The West Australian with that of Seven 
Network and Pacific Magazines and, 
in turn, use the award-winning West 
Australian content to add to the television 
and magazine properties. 

The combination of businesses will 
also accelerate the digital development 
of The West Australian digital properties. 
As has been said in previous years, the 
digital properties associated with The 
West Australian are paramount to the 
future development of The West Australian 
masthead and they remain so. In July this 
year we launched two new websites, both 
of which complement the printed products 
and offer clients another medium for their 
advertising. 

These two new sites, 
WestRealestate.com.au and 
WestAnnouncements.com.au, have 
performed very well since their launch. 
With the expertise of Yahoo!7 now within 
the group, we are confident of continuing 
to grow and enhance the online presence 
of the West Australian print properties 
in a measured and profitable way. 

12

Established 1833

METRO

†

Wednesday, April 6, 2011

thewest.com.au $1.30

Gascoyne, Shark Bay $1.35; Pilbara, Kimberley $2.15. GST INC.

MORE PUBLIC 
TRANSPORT 
CRACKS

News PAGES 6-7
News PAGES 6-7

Catwalk 
fashion
on a
budget
Style LIFTOUT

4000 
calls to 
police go 
unheard

RONAN O’CONNELL

More than 4000 calls for police help
are going unanswered each month,
according to an audit of the call cen-
tre, prompting the WA Police Union
and State Opposition to call yester-
day for a big increase in staff.

The  audit  of  the  Police  Assis-
tance Centre by accountancy firm
Deloitte, obtained by The West Aus-
tralian, found the number of 131 444
calls  which  were  not  answered
more than trebled in the past three
months of last year to about 12,500,
up  from  about  3650  in  the  same
period in 2009.

The  report,  which  was  commis-
sioned by WA Police, recommended
more  staff  be  employed  at  the
Midland centre, which handles all
131 444 calls in WA. 

The  number  is  for  callers  who
need non-urgent police attendance,
such  as  for  burglaries,  thefts  or
minor assaults.

The centre is staffed by civilians

rather than police officers. 

Union  president  Russell  Arm-
strong and shadow police minister
Margaret Quirk said the number of
unanswered  calls  was  unaccepta-
ble  and  there  was  an  urgent  need
for more staff.

Mr Armstrong said there needed
to  be  police  officers  among  the
extra staff.

“Having  4000  calls  a  month  un-

answered is a disgrace,” he said.

“They need to sort that out quick-
ly  and  get  some  police  officers  in
there  to  oversee  the  whole  thing
and provide some sort of operation-
al front-line experience.”

Ms Quirk said people who could
not  get  an  answer  on  the  131  444
number  could  clog  the  emergency

Barrels of fun as Margs turns it on
Spin-out: Margaret River proved a treat for pro surfers yesterday as
Hawaiian Kai Barger warmed up for this week’s contest. 

Picture: Lincoln Baker

PERTH 17-30
Partly cloudy. Tom: Few
showers, 16-21. Yest: 13.1-34.7

Details, P46 WestBusiness 24-PAGE LIFTOUT

INSIDE TODAY

000  line,  potentially  risking  the
lives  of  people  who  had  an  emer-
gency  and  could  not  get  a  quick
response from police.

“The 131 444 number is basically
the  public’s  first  point  of  contact
with  police  and  it  is  crucial  that
they  are  able  to  speak  to  someone
promptly  and  that  police  are  then
dispatched to help them or investi-
gate their report,” she said.

Acting Supt Andrew Martin said
the  rise  in  unanswered  calls  was
the result of an increase in 131 444
calls. 

The  line  received  166,769  phone
calls  in  the  final  three  months  of
last year, compared with 132,653 in
the same period the previous year. 
“The  unusually  long  and  hot
summer is believed to have contrib-
uted  to  the  increase  in  calls,”  he
said.

Supt  Martin  said  police  had
hired six full-time staff in Novem-
ber to work at the centre and were
in the process of hiring three more
full-time staff. 

Staff rostering was scheduled to
match  peak  call  times  and  part-
time staff were offered the chance
to  cover  for  full-time  employees
who took unplanned leave.

He  said  police  were  “exploring
ways to improve customer service
by  examining  e-business,  online
business, media and marketing and
inter-agency  collaboration  strate-
gies”.

Police Minister Rob Johnson said
he had discussed the issues related
to the call centre with senior police
and was satisfied they were taking
measures to improve call response
times.

> ALSTON

20

HOME DELIVERY
Call 1800 811 855 to get 
The West home delivered.

Established 1833

METRO

†◊

Wednesday, April 20, 2011

thewest.com.au $1.30

Gascoyne, Shark Bay $1.35; Pilbara, Kimberley $2.15. GST INC.

DOWN SOUTH
SUV ADVENTURES

20-page magazine

School balls
What to wear 
to the big 
night out
Style LIFTOUT

Schoolteacher accused
of tying boy, 5, to chair

BETHANY HIATT
EDUCATION EDITOR

A teacher is under investigation for
allegedly  tying  a  five-year-old  boy
to  a  chair  to  punish  him  for  mis-
behaving in class.

Police  said  they  had  a  report
from  Avonvale  Primary  School  in
Northam that a teacher used a skip-
ping rope to restrain the Year 1 stu-
dent  on  two  occasions  because  he
was disruptive.

The  female  teacher  allegedly
bound  the  boy’s  hands  together
behind his back for about one min-
ute before releasing him. 

When he continued being disrup-
tive, she allegedly tied the boy to a
chair  in  the  corner  for  about  five
minutes.

The  teacher  worked  part-time
and  took  the  combined  Year  1-2
class for science.

Another staff member told police
she  witnessed  the  incidents  on
Tuesday last week.

Police have asked the Education

Department to investigate.

The  department’s  acting  execu-
tive  director  of  professional  stan-
dards  and  conduct,  Eamon  Ryan,
confirmed the department received
an allegation that a teacher used a

skipping  rope  to  tie  a  student  to
a chair.

He  said  the  matter  was  under
investigation  by  the  department’s
standards and integrity unit.

“On receiving the allegation, the
department  took  immediate  steps
to  ensure  the  teacher  would  not
have  contact  with  students  while
the  matter  is  being  investigated,”
Mr Ryan said.

“While  the  investigation  is  tak-
ing  place,  it  would  not  be  appro-
priate  to  jump  to  conclusions  or
make specific comment but allega-
tions  of  this  nature  are  very
concerning. 

“Teachers  are  in  a  special  posi-
tion of trust and we expect them to
act  responsibly  and  in  the  best
interests of children at all times.”

WA Council of State School Orga-
nisations president Rob Fry said it
was  disappointing  to  hear  of  an
allegation  of  a  child  being  tied  up
with  rope,  particularly  after  a
Kalgoorlie teacher was disciplined
for sticky-taping shut the mouths of
Year 1 students.

The  department  found  a  part-
time  teacher  had  committed  mis-
conduct  after  she  was  reported  in
November  for  covering  nine  chil-
dren’s  mouths  with  sticky  tape

because  they  would  not  stop  talk-
ing.  It  is  understood  she  is  still
working  in  the  Goldfields  educa-
tion region.

She  was  counselled  about  her
conduct  and  the  outcome  of  the
investigation  was  placed  on  her
employment file.

“It’s concerning to hear of more
allegations  of  inappropriate  beha-
viour  of  teachers  towards  a  stu-
dent,” Mr Fry said. 

“You would think there would be
a very clear message to all teachers
as to the appropriate behaviour in
managing children when there has
already been a similar incident.”

Australian 
Spitfire ace
laid to rest
in France
Requiem: Air Force
chief Air Marshal
Mark Binskin salutes
RAAF Flight-Lt
Henry ‘Lacy’ Smith
at Ranville cemetery
in Normandy, France,
as his remains are
buried with full
honours 66 years
after his Spitfire
crashed into a French
river shortly after
the D-Day landings. 
Report, P17 

Picture: Malcolm Quekett 

HOME DELIVERY
Call 1800 811 855 to get 
The West home delivered.

WestRewards

PERTH 13-26
Sunny. Tomorrow: Sunny,
14-28. Yesterday: 14-25.3

Details, P52 Be rewarded like never before

Join at thewest.com.au/westrewards

As the merger concluded in April 2011, 
this report will focus on the performance 
of the operations of West Australian 
Newspapers for this financial year. 

The results for the group have been solid 
in what has been a well-publicised tough 
year in retail. Advertising revenue for the 
West Australian Newspaper Group grew 
by 1.3 per cent, with particularly pleasing 
results in regional newspapers and radio 
up 11 per cent.

As we flagged at the half year, the malaise 
in retail impacted the metro display 
advertising revenue and unfortunately, 
the retail environment did not improve 
through the second half of the year. 
The softness of retail display advertising 
throughout the year weighed on the overall 
result and particularly on the advertising 
revenue for The West Australian. 

The sales force, to their credit, took up the 
challenge and, through the development 
of new innovative sales solutions and 
sheer tenacity, limited the overall decline 
in advertising revenue to 1.5 per cent, 
despite the higher level of decline in the 
crucial retail category. 

Since the end of the financial year, 
the retail sector has continued to struggle 
to overcome an apparent lack of consumer 
confidence. Despite the obvious strength 
of the WA resource sector and its positive 
impact on the state’s economic prosperity, 
consumer behaviour has been impacted 

by economic events in Europe and 
the USA. 

These events have continued to dampen 
consumer confidence, which in turn has 
resulted in the continuation of the softness 
we experienced in the retail sector during 
the 2011 financial year. Although at the 
time of preparing this report, retail remains 
flat, we have every confidence it will turn 
and when it does our operations are well 
positioned to reap the rewards. 

Total readership for The West Australian 
has increased by 1.3 per cent. 
Throughout Australia, circulation decline 
is common to most of the main newspaper 
titles, The West Australian however, has 
significant penetration in WA, reaching 28 per 
cent of the population during the week and 
42 per cent on the weekend. As a proportion 
of population it is one of the most widely read 
newspapers in  
the country. 

West Australian Newspapers has always 
had a very disciplined approach to cost 
management, consistent with the 
operations of Seven Media Group, aiming 
to spend wisely and effectively. Again this 
year costs have been efficiently managed 
in our operations and expenses, excluding 
one-off merger-related costs, have been 
maintained at the same level as the 
previous year. 

One of the main contributors to the 
control of costs were the savings 

We are also identifying opportunities to enhance 
the content of The West Australian with that of 
Seven Network and Pacific Magazines and, in turn,  
use the award-winning West Australian content to 
add to the television and magazine properties.

delivered through the new newsprint 
supply arrangements. In early 2010 
West Australian Newspapers made 
a strategic decision to break with tradition, 
and standard Australian practice, and 
source 80 per cent of our newsprint from 
suppliers in South Korea and Europe. 

Since implementing these new supply 
arrangements on 1 July 2010, every 
aspect of supply, from the quality of the 
product, to the delivery logistics, to the 
cost savings has been executed very well. 
Consequently we have expanded the 
relationship with both the South Korean 
and the European suppliers and are 
confident that further savings will be 
achieved in 2012. 

One of the cornerstones of the success 
of our West Australian operations, 
particularly The West Australian, has been 
the ongoing investment in quality by the 
group. Investing in and developing the 
quality of every aspect of Seven West 
Media’s operations will continue to be key 
to the ongoing success of the business. 
Earlier this year we relaunched the 
Saturday edition as The Weekend West. 
The relaunch involved considerably more 
than a name change, it was a revitalisation 
of the product. New fonts were used, new 
layouts were employed, and the product 
was truly relaunched. The new look and 
energy of The Weekend West has been 
well received and its weekend penetration 
is well above our opposition. 

Seven West Media WA employs 
about 1,600 people in 25 locations 
across Western Australia. We value 
our people and recognise their direct 
input into the financial success of the 
business and ultimately the generation 
of shareholder returns. 

The acquisition of Seven Media Group 
in May 2011, and the appointment of Chris 
Wharton as CEO of Seven West Media’s 
West Australian assets, has brought 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    13

The West 

advertising revenue for the West 
australian neWspaper group 
greW By 1.3%, With particularly 
pleasing results in regional 
neWspapers and radio up 

11%

together these two very successful West 
Australian businesses in a way that has, 
and will continue to have, a positive 
impact on the staff. Nonetheless, we are 
conscious that people deal with change 
in different ways and Chris and his 
management team have worked with our 
staff at all levels to ensure the experience 
is positive. 

While the expansion of the group’s 
operations has brought considerable 
change to our organisation, The West’s 
senior management remains the same and 
the core values and work ethic of West 
Australian Newspapers will persist, while 
absorbing the best aspects of Seven 
Media Group’s culture. 

We continue to emphasise to all 
employees and managers the importance 
of sharing a common sense of purpose 
within the new company, and aim to create 
a diverse workforce that is motivated and 
fulfilled in its employment. 

14

† †

Established 1833

METRO

†

Wednesday, March 30, 2011

thewest.com.au $1.30

Gascoyne, Shark Bay $1.35; Pilbara, Kimberley $2.15. GST INC.

April 16-17, 2011

Metro

† †

thewest.com.au

Gascoyne, Shark Bay $2.35; Pilbara $3.30; Kimberley $3.40. GST INC.

$2.30

CAT
TORTURE
‘Disgrace to 
human race’

THE BIG

ASIA

GUIDE

EMMA 
BOOTH
Versatile and 
enchanting

BAGS OF FUN
The best arm 
candy from 
Luxe to less

ROTTNEST FACELIFT

News PAGE 5

NEWS P7

TRAVEL LIFTOUT WEST WEEKEND MAGAZINE

LIFTOUT INSIDE

SENIOR JUDGE SPEAKS OUT

Violent  criminals  could
be  kept  in  jail  longer

■ Amanda Banks

Legal Affairs Editor

Prisoners who were likely to com-
mit  serious  violent  or  property
crimes on release would be held in
jail  indefinitely  under  a  proposal
floated  by  WA’s  longest  serving 
Supreme  Court  judge  and  backed
by the Police Commissioner.

Attorney-General Christian Por-
ter  revealed  yesterday  that  the
State  Government  was  open  to
expanding  WA’s  indefinite  deten-
tion laws, which now only apply to
dangerous sex offenders.

Justice  Michael  Murray  has
highlighted  the  dangerous  sex
offender  laws  as  a  precedent  that
had  demonstrated  the  idea  could
help protect the community. 

Under current laws, the Supreme
Court  can 
impose  continuing 
detention  or  community  super-
vision  orders  against  rapists  and
paedophiles who have served their
jail term but still pose an unaccep-
table risk of reoffending.

In an article in the latest edition
of the Law Society of WA’s publica-
tion  Brief,  Justice  Murray  said
there  was  “no  reason”  the  law

should be limited to serious sexual
offences. 

“It is arguable that it should also
be  available  where  there  is  a  pre-
sent,  well-established  danger  of
the  commission  of  serious  crimes
of  violence  or  against  property,”
he wrote.

“The  justification  . . .  would  be
the commission of serious offences
in  the  past  and  the  demonstrated
danger  of 
the  commission  of 
further such offences.” 

Police 

Commissioner  Karl
O’Callaghan  said  he  supported 
expanding the use of indefinite jail

terms in some circumstances, such
as against serial armed robbers.

“There are a very small number
of  people  where  we  ought  to  have
some indefinite detention because
they  don’t  respond  to  anything
else,” he said.

WA  Law  Society  president
Hylton  Quail  said  lawyers  were
opposed  to  expanding  indefinite
detention laws.

“There ought to be finality in sen-

tencing,” Mr Quail said.

Mr  Porter  said  sentencing  laws
already  allowed 
for  courts  to
impose  indefinite  detention  but

whether  the  powers  were  being
under-used was being investigated.
He said the Government support-
ed  the  dangerous  sex  offender 
legislation  because  it  recognised
community  protection  was  the
fundamental  priority  in  a  special
category of cases. 

“The Government is open to con-
sidering Justice Murray’s suggesti-
ons  . . .  but  such  a  process  would
have to be done with great care and
in a way that does not unduly com-
promise  the  fundamental  protec-
tions  our  legal  system  accords  to
any individual,” Mr Porter said.

Council plan for speed
cameras on back streets

RONAN O’CONNELL

Councils would use speed cameras
on suburban streets under a plan to
reduce dangerous driving on back
streets, the WA Local Government
Association revealed yesterday.

WALGA president Troy Pickard
said the plan would result in coun-
cils  buying  speed  cameras  for  use
in residential areas.

Councils  would  work  with
police,  who  would  provide  the 
legal power to operate the cameras
and  manage  the  processing  of
speeding infringements.

believed  many  local  roads  did  not

because they do not fit four criteria

This  strategy  is  to  supply  local

Police Minister Rob Johnson said

have  sufficient  speed  enforcement

for placement.

area traffic data to police to better

he  welcomed  WALGA’s  interest  in

and 

council-operated 

speed

These  are  school  zones,  roads

inform  them  of  where  to  place

road  safety  but  favoured  the  cur-

cameras could fill that void.

with  high  levels  of  hoon  driving,

speed cameras.

rent  centrally  managed  model  for

Research  by  the  Curtin  Monash

roads where more than 20 per cent

The centre will report by the end

speed camera operations.

Accident  Research  Centre  showed

of drivers speed and in areas and at

of  May  on  the  potential  to  reduce

Shadow  police  minister  Marga-

the  WALGA  would  probably  not

the  times  linked  to  speed-related

road deaths and injuries, who will

ret  Quirk  said  funding  to  address

recoup its costs to buy and operate

crashes.

pay  for  and  operate  the  cameras,

“black  spots”  on  suburban  streets

cameras  through  fines  because  of

Mr  Pickard  said  councils,  road

infringement  processing  and  how

was more important than councils

the  low  traffic  volumes  where  the

safety authorities and police would

fines revenue will be managed. 

buying speed cameras.

cameras would be placed. 

be asked for final comment on the

Traffic  division  Acting  Com-

RAC spokesman Matt Brown said

Mr Pickard said this showed the

plan in the coming week.

mander  Ron  Randall  said  police

it would support the speed camera

plan was not an attempt at raising

They  would  also  be  asked  for

were yet to make recommendations

plan if it was proved to be “genuine-

revenue and was “only about road

feedback on a second strategy sug-

on  the  plans  but  added  that  “any

ly  about  road  safety  rather  than

safety”.

gested  by  the  centre,  which  has

proposal that seeks to provide grea-

revenue raising”.

Police  speed  cameras  are  not

researched  the  issue  for  the  past

ter road safety outcomes would be

Mr  Pickard  said  the  association

used  on  most  suburban  streets

year on behalf of WALGA. 

considered in due course”.

> EDITORIAL, ALSTON

20

Ponting walks

as captain but

wants to bat on

Ricky Ponting leaves a press conference

in Sydney after announcing he was

stepping down as captain of the

Australian cricket team. He hoped his

decision would kick-start another golden

period of form as a batsman.

Sport BACK PAGE

INSIDE TODAY

HOME DELIVERY

Call 1800 811 855 to get 

The West home delivered.

47  crosses: Guildford Grammar School’s tribute to former students killed in WWI Report,  P4 Picture: Nic Ellis

environmental initiatives throughout all 
aspects of its business. 

PERTH 17-32
Sunny. Tomorrow: Sunny,
17-31. Yesterday: 18.7-32.9

Details, P40 WestBusiness 20-PAGE LIFTOUT

r e a l e d i t _ 0 1

P a g e :

C o l o r : CKYM

F i r s t

E d i t i o n :

l _ R u n

F u l

Z o n e :

A P R I L

T i m e : 0 4 - 1 5 - 2 0 1 1

i n p

c o l

e r :

1 6 - 0 4 - 2 0 1 1

P u b D a t e :

i a n

1 5 : 2 3

P r o d u c t : T h e _ W e s t _ A u s t r a l

R E A L E S TAT E

Part

  P 2

T H E   W E E K E N D   W E S T

w i t h

I N S I D E   D E M A N D   F O R   E X E C U T I V E
R E N T A L S   P E A K I N G ,

Saturday 17-34
Sunday 18-28 
Details P79 

88-PAGES OF
REAL ESTATE
LIFTOUT  IN PART 2

As a member of Publishers National 
Environment Bureau, the West Australian 
P I C T U R E   P E R F E C T
Newspaper Group supports recovery 
and recycling of newspapers and 
annually donates free advertising space 
to further the Bureau’s aims. Educational 
material on recycling newspapers and 
magazines is provided free of charge 
to schools and Local Government waste 
education officers. 

The West Australian Newspaper Group 
has historically placed a high level 
of importance on our investment in, 
and support of, the Western Australian 
community, both in metropolitan Perth and 
regional WA. Seven West Media (WA) will 
continue this fine tradition. 

To this end, we have placed increased 
emphasis on flexible working arrangements 
to support the familial and other needs 
WHAT’S INSIDE
PAUL MURRAY
AY
of our employees. This flexibility supports 
PIN
CARBON TAX SPIN
OPINION P28
our position as an Equal Employment 
Opportunity Employer, a qualification that 
is borne out by the approximately 50 per 
cent of our workforce who are female, 
with 36 per cent of those in managerial 
positions. 

The West Australian Newspaper Group’s 
safety performance targets for the year 
were exceeded with a 38 per cent 
reduction in Lost Time Injury Frequency 
Rate (LTIFR) achieved. The Group’s LTIFR 
was approximately 69 per cent lower than 
the latest reported industry benchmark 
for the Printing, Publishing and Recorded 
Media sector. 

Seven West Media is committed 
to environmental sustainability and 
acknowledges the community leadership 
role of a newspaper company in integrating 

Established 1833

METRO

†

Wednesday, March 30, 2011

thewest.com.au $1.30

Gascoyne, Shark Bay $1.35; Pilbara, Kimberley $2.15. GST INC.

March 5-6, 2011

Metro

† †

POP
GODDESS
Kylie on love, beating 
cancer and her 
hottest show ever
SEVEN DAYS
MAGAZINE

BAGS OF FUN
The best arm 
candy from 
Luxe to less

LIFTOUT INSIDE

ROTTNEST FACELIFT
News PAGE 5

Council plan for speed
cameras on back streets

RONAN O’CONNELL

Councils would use speed cameras

on suburban streets under a plan to

reduce dangerous driving on back

streets, the WA Local Government

Association revealed yesterday.

WALGA president Troy Pickard

said the plan would result in coun-

cils  buying  speed  cameras  for  use

in residential areas.

Councils  would  work  with

police,  who  would  provide  the 

legal power to operate the cameras

and  manage  the  processing  of

speeding infringements.

Mr  Pickard  said  the  association

believed  many  local  roads  did  not
have  sufficient  speed  enforcement
and 
speed
council-operated 
cameras could fill that void.

Research  by  the  Curtin  Monash
Accident  Research  Centre  showed
the  WALGA  would  probably  not
recoup its costs to buy and operate
cameras  through  fines  because  of
the  low  traffic  volumes  where  the
cameras would be placed. 

Mr Pickard said this showed the
plan was not an attempt at raising
revenue and was “only about road
safety”.

Police  speed  cameras  are  not
used  on  most  suburban  streets

because they do not fit four criteria
for placement.

These  are  school  zones,  roads
with  high  levels  of  hoon  driving,
roads where more than 20 per cent
of drivers speed and in areas and at
the  times  linked  to  speed-related
crashes.

Mr  Pickard  said  councils,  road
safety authorities and police would
be asked for final comment on the
plan in the coming week.

They  would  also  be  asked  for
feedback on a second strategy sug-
gested  by  the  centre,  which  has
researched  the  issue  for  the  past
year on behalf of WALGA. 

This  strategy  is  to  supply  local
area traffic data to police to better
inform  them  of  where  to  place
speed cameras.

The centre will report by the end
of  May  on  the  potential  to  reduce
road deaths and injuries, who will
pay  for  and  operate  the  cameras,
infringement  processing  and  how
fines revenue will be managed. 

Traffic  division  Acting  Com-
mander  Ron  Randall  said  police
were yet to make recommendations
on  the  plans  but  added  that  “any
proposal that seeks to provide grea-
ter road safety outcomes would be
considered in due course”.

Police Minister Rob Johnson said
he  welcomed  WALGA’s  interest  in
road  safety  but  favoured  the  cur-
rent  centrally  managed  model  for
speed camera operations.

Shadow  police  minister  Marga-
ret  Quirk  said  funding  to  address
“black  spots”  on  suburban  streets
was more important than councils
buying speed cameras.

RAC spokesman Matt Brown said
it would support the speed camera
plan if it was proved to be “genuine-
ly  about  road  safety  rather  than
revenue raising”.

> EDITORIAL, ALSTON

20

Ponting walks
as captain but
wants to bat on

Ricky Ponting leaves a press conference
in Sydney after announcing he was
stepping down as captain of the
Australian cricket team. He hoped his
decision would kick-start another golden
period of form as a batsman.
Sport BACK PAGE

Smiles all round: Lucy Couanis, 3, and Tamzyn Aisbett, 4, are
wowed by Chen Wenling’s Red Memory Smile sculpture in
Cottesloe. Report, P12 Picture: Astrid Volzke 
WHAT’S INSIDE
COLLEEN EGAN
RETURNING A FAVOUR
OUR
OPINION P28

PERTH 17-32

Sunny. Tomorrow: Sunny,

17-31. Yesterday: 18.7-32.9

Details, P40 WestBusiness 20-PAGE LIFTOUT

INSIDE TODAY

† †

thewest.com.au
WHAT 
MEN 
REALLY 
THINK OF 
WOMEN
WEST WEEKEND
MAGAZINE

$2.30
Gascoyne, Shark Bay $2.35; Pilbara $3.30; Kimberley $3.40. GST INC.

WIN 5 HOLDENS 
IN 5 WEEKS
SV6 COMMODORE
BONUS
COUPON
PAGE 18 
MOTORING
G
LIFTOUT

WEBSITE REVEALS FINANCES

Parents
pay for
school
basics

donations, 

INSIDE P6-7
(cid:31) Your guide to My School website 
(cid:31) Parents warned to exercise
caution 

■Andrew Tillett, Vivienne Ryan
and Rebecca Trigger
At least 10 Perth State high schools
each  raised more  than  $1 million
from 
fundraising
drives, fees and contributions from
parents to supplement government
funding, the revamped My School
website has revealed.
The figures show parents of State
school  students  are  paying  thou-
sands  of  dollars  from  their  own
pocket  or  fundraising  to  pay
for  school  basics  such  as  class-
room  materials,  computers  and
excursions.
The website, which went online
yesterday, includes information on
how much money each school gets
from taxpayers, parents, donations
and fundraising, income from can-
teens and building hire, and from
investments and bank interest.
WA Council of State School Orga-
nisations  president  Rob  Fry  said
the big amount of money raised by
some public schools showed why a
more  equitable  funding  approach
was needed.
“I would like the Government to
stop funding rich private and pub-
lic schools,” he said. “If they have
got  it,  why  should  they  get  more
when others are struggling?”
In  WA,  public  schools  spend
$13,585  per  student,  Catholic
schools  $10,722  and  independent

schools  $12,756  in  day-to-day  run-
ning costs.
The figures, which are based on
2009 financial records, show many
private schools use surplus income
raised  by  fees  to  pay  for  capital
works such as new classrooms and
sporting  facilities,  resulting  in
resources superior to those in State
and Catholic schools.
Special needs schools receive the
highest  amount  of  per-student
funding. The WA Institute for Deaf
Education at Cottesloe gets $152,000
per student.
The lowest per-student amount is
$4200 at Albany’s Australian Chris-
tian College, which teaches about
70  children  but  has  a  bigger  dis-
tance education program.
Some  public  schools  enjoy  a
sporting bodies, most of whom have 
healthy  income  stream  from  par-
ents,  which  can  add  up  to  10  per
cent of their budget. 
One of the State’s biggest schools,
Willetton  Senior  High,  received
had longstanding relationships with 
almost $1.7 million in 2009 in paren-
tal 
fees, 
contributions  and 
fundraising.
.................................................................................
The West Australian. 
(cid:30)CONTINUED P6
PAUL MURRAY
Part
BARNETT’S LOFTY AIR
R
OPINION  P29
Our goal is to maintain our support for 
the West Australian community and 
to positively touch the lives of as many 
people as we are able to throughout 
the state through our association with 
key events, charities and not-for-profit 
organisations. 

Saturday 21-29
Sunday 17-28 
Details P81 

HOME DELIVERY
Call 1800 811 855 to get 
The West home delivered.

The company’s objective 
is to consolidate and 
strengthen its advertising 
revenue shares 
in television, newspapers, 
magazines and online 
in a challenging overall 
market impacted by 
a decline in consumer 
confidence. 

In the 2010/11 financial year, The West 
Australian Newspaper Group provided 
approximately $5 million in advertising 
sponsorship to over 100 organisations. 
The recipients of this support included 
business, arts, charitable and 

Finally, it is important to recognise the staff 
and West Australian Newspapers’ board 
of directors. Through a large part of this 
year senior management and the board 
devoted an enormous amount of time 
to considering, planning and executing 
the acquisition of Seven Media Group. 
Through a very busy period the staff 
of West Australian Newspapers performed 
exceptionally well and have greeted the 
news of the acquisition with enthusiasm. 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    15

Magazine 
Publishing

Our presence in magazine publishing 
is a key component in our plans for the 
development and distribution of our content 
across an array of delivery platforms.

We are committed to the future 
growth of our strength in publishing. 
Magazines add a further dimension 
to our media position, driving the 
leadership of our brands and our 
content as we develop our media and 
entertainment company across broadcast 
television, newspapers, magazines, online 
and new communications technologies.

Over the past twelve months, Pacific 
Magazines has secured the largest 
circulation share increase of any Australian 
magazine publishing company. We are 
also the only major publishing company 
to increase advertising share.

Pacific Magazines is built on investing 
in cornerstone brands and great 
content, and strengthening our 
successful partnerships with globally 
renowned publishers including Groupe 
Marie Claire, Time Inc, Meredith and 
Rodale. This forms part of a clear and 
considered strategy to strengthen and 
enhance the performance of our portfolio 
in a challenging and competitive market. 

It is acknowledged that Pacific is Australia’s 
most powerful portfolio of magazines, 
occupying the largest per title share of all 
major publishers, delivering the company 
an overall 30 per cent share of circulation 
and a 28 per cent share of readership over 
the past 12 months.

We deliver two of the three biggest-
selling weekly magazines and three 
of the top five highest-selling magazines 
in Australia. Pacific publishes many 
of the biggest brands in magazines 
in Australia: New  Idea, Better Homes and 
Gardens, that’s life!, marie claire, InStyle, 

16

We have the technology and the partnerships that will 
lead our future development in digital and interactive 
media building on the underlying strengths of our 
television and publishing businesses.

lifestyle category and combines with Better 
Homes and Gardens to deliver Pacific 
Magazines a market-leading 55 per cent 
share of circulations in the category.

Who is Australia’s leading celebrity weekly 
magazine, delivering growth in circulations 
and out-performing the overall category. 
FAMOUS is outpacing the celebrity weekly 
category and continues to record growth, 
posting its eleventh consecutive circulation 
increase. 

that’s life! continues to lead the real life 
category, while Girlfriend is out-performing 
the teen girls category and Total Girl and 
K-Zone lead their tween categories.

Our presence in 
magazine publishing is 
a key component in our 
plans for development 
and distribution of our 
content across an array 
of delivery platforms.

Men’s Health, Women’s Health, Who 
and Girlfriend.

Pacific Magazines accounts for nearly 
one in three (30 per cent) magazines 
and almost 1 in 2 (48 per cent) women’s 
weekly magazines sold in Australia and our 
portfolio now reaches 7 million Australians 
every month.

We lead readership share in the celebrity 
weekly, real life, home and lifestyle, 
women’s fashion, men’s lifestyle, 
parenting, bridal and teen categories.

Pacific Magazines dominates in key  
publishing categories, including Better 
Homes and Gardens in the homes 
and lifestyle category, that’s life! in the 
real life category, Who in the celebrity 
weekly category, marie claire in the 
fashion category, Men’s Health in the 
men’s monthly lifestyle category, 
Practical Parenting in the parenting 
category, Bride To Be in the bridal 
category and K-Zone and Total Girl 
in the tween category.

The company’s flagship title, New Idea, 
which recently underwent an extensive 
redesign to include expanded content 
sections, is one of the top two highest-
selling weekly magazines in Australia. 

Better Homes and Gardens is the 
country’s leading integrated media brand 
across television, magazines, online, radio 
and live consumer events. Home Beautiful 
is out-performing the overall home and 

POSTER.indd   1

8/09/11   8:19 PM

cover Final.indd   1

31/08/11   6:03 PM

EXPERIENCING  LIFE  THROUGH   FOOD

65DELICIOUS

RECIPES
from 
20 cuisines 
in Australia

TASTES  OF 
TRADITION
FAMILY FLAVOURS 
GIVEN NEW LIFE

Calabrian pasta 
with fresh beans 
and potatoes

issue

2october 2011

RRP $6.50

2

A  SERBIAN 
SAINT  DAY 
ANCIENT  RITUALS,
PROSCIUTTO, PITA, 
PORK AND MORE

ONE  INGREDIENT
FOUR  CULTURES
CHICKEN  FROM 
JAMAICA  TO  FRANCE

GUY GROSSI 
Cooking Italian, 
Melbourne-style

PP255003/10015

BIG  APPLE  BITES
NEW  YORK  JEWISH DELI CLASSICS

TRAVEL  FOR  FOOD  LOVERS
STREET-SMART SNACKING IN DELHI

Front_Cover_Issue_2.indd   1

17/08/2011   2:03:42 PM

GF10_01_COVER_GREEN.indd   1

30/08/11   2:13 PM

INSTANT DIET MAKEOVERS + OVERCOME YOUR WEIGHT-LOSS HURDLE

OCTOBER 2011

 SIMPLE 
SLIM DOWN 
SECRETS 

 20 WEIGHT-LOSS TIPS THAT WORK, 
DIRECT FROM THE EXPERTS

Fun, easy ways to 
blitz stubborn kilos

BONUS BUDGET 
BEAUTY SPECIAL
 Everything under $25!
 *REAL LIFE SUCCESS
 “I LOST 14KG & GOT MY 
 PRE-BABY BODY BACK”
35 Tasty, stress-free dinners

 SLIMMING RECIPES

 Fast, satisfying snack ideas
 Delicious skinny desserts

W
e
i
g
h
t

W
a
t
c
h
e
r
s
m
a
g
a
z
i
n
e
O
c
t
o
b
e
r
2
0
1
1

|

D
a
n
c
e
o
f
f

t
h
e
k
i
l
o
s

|

S
m
a
r
t

s
o
f
t
d
r
i
n
k
c
h
o
i
c
e
s

|

G
o
r
g
e
o
u
s
w
e
e
k
e
n
d
f
a
s
h
i
o
n

|

N
i
n
e
h
a
b
i
t
s
o
f
h
e
a
l
t
h
y
w
o
m
e
n

|

.

w
w
w
w
e
i
g
h
t
w
a
t
c
h
e
r
s
.
c
o
m
.
a
u
/
c
o
.
n
z

Get fi t for free 
– page 116

SPECIAL
OFFER
Join Weight 
Watchers for 
just $1*

*Conditions apply, see 
page 2 for details

$6.20 (INCL GST) | NZ $6.90

PRINT POST NO. PP 255003/09341

FA_1311_cover.indd   1

16/09/11   2:06 PM

Cover.indd   2

16/08/2011   4:19:09 PM

PANTONE 2665

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Magazine 
Publishing

marie claire Which expanded into 
Broadcast television With ‘marie claire: 
under the cover’ accounts for nearly

30%

OF MAGAzINES SOLD IN THE CATEGORY

18

marie claire and In Style, two of the top 
three highest-selling fashion magazines 
in Australia, continue to drive the 
company’s market-leading 47 per cent 
share of circulation in the competitive 
fashion category. marie claire – which 
expanded into broadcast television with 
marie claire Under The Cover – accounts 
for nearly one in three (30 per cent) 
magazines sold in the category.

 In Style continues to deliver a strong 
performance, outperforming the overall 
category performance over the past 
12 months.

Men’s Health and Women’s Health 
continue to thrive. Men’s Health leads the 
men’s lifestyle category with 69 per cent 
circulation share and Women’s Health 
has recorded its seventh consecutive 
increase in circulation to deliver its best-
ever circulation result and out-perform 
the overall women’s lifestyle category. 

Pacific+, the custom and corporate 
publishing arm of Pacific Magazines, 
is one of Australia’s leading branded 
content and corporate communications 
agencies, producing magazines and 
corporate publishing solutions for 
many of Australia’s biggest companies, 
including Virgin Australia, Lexus and 
Weight Watchers. The company has 
expanded its presence in publishing 
over the past 12 months with the launch 
of Feast, a co-venture with SBS, and 
the first cookbook spin-off from Seven’s 
successful My Kitchen Rules.

Our success in publishing is built 
on a commitment to invest in our people, 
our brands and our content. 

We lead in circulation and readership 
in key publishing categories and we are 
committed to continuing to grow and 
increase market presence as we leverage 
our strengths in publishing and across 
our broadcast television and online 
businesses to drive an increasing media 
presence that touches the lives of all 
Australians.

Digital Media 

digital television 
and online and neW 
communications 
technologies are 
changing the Way 
all of us engage 
With content.

Our creation of programming and 
content that Australians want to watch 
forms the cornerstone of our plans 
for the development of our company 
in an expanding digital landscape.

We are recognised as the leader in the 
production of Australian television, 
we have market leadership in key 
magazine publishing categories 
and The West Australian’s strengths 
in newspaper publishing. We have the 
technology and the partnerships that will 
lead our future development in digital 
and interactive media building on the 
underlying strengths of our television and 
publishing businesses.

Quite clearly, our strategies for 
development focus on extending our 
leadership in content creation and 
distribution to new delivery platforms and 
our future development focuses on multi-
channelling on broadcast television and 
broadening our connection with Australians 
through evolving communications 
platforms and delivery mechanisms. 

Online and broadband delivery of our 
content and the creation of new digital 
content for our audiences will drive 
our development. Our success will 
be determined by our content, regardless 
of how our audiences experience 
or interact with our entertainment, news 
and information, and sports programming.

This commitment to the rapid development 
of our digital platform defines our Yahoo!7 
partnership with Yahoo! Inc. Yahoo!7 
brings together the online assets of Yahoo! 
Inc including search and communications 
capabilities and a global internet network 
and the content creation and marketing 
strengths of Seven West Media.

Yahoo!7 is delivering strong momentum, 
out growing the market in audience, 
revenue and EBITDA margin. Yahoo!7 
revenue increased by 22 per cent and 
achieved EBITDA growth of 14 per cent 
in the 2010-2011 financial year. 

Yahoo!7 provides the group with an 
audience platform of 8.2 million users 
a month up from 7 million users in 
June 2010.

The average time spent by users across 
our core media properties of news, sport, 
lifestyle, television and entertainment 
increased by 61 per cent year on year.

In April 2011, Yahoo!7 acquired 100 per 
cent of the Yahoo! Xtra New zealand 
business from its partner Telecom 
New zealand. Prior to the agreement 
Telecom New zealand owned 49 per cent 

We bring together the online assets of Yahoo! Inc 
including search and communications capabilities and 
a global internet network and the content creation and 
marketing strengths of Seven West Media.

and Yahoo!7 owned 51 per cent. Following 
the acquisition, the Yahoo! Xtra business 
rebranded to Yahoo! New zealand and 
continues its commercial partnership 
for Yahoo!7 to support Telecom New 
zealand’s broadband customer base. 

Yahoo!7 has diversified its business 
by investing in the fast growing social 
commerce category including the 
acquisition of Spreets, a leading online 
group buying company in Australia and 
New zealand. Spreets grew its revenue 
by 72 per cent between the March and 
June quarters of 2011 and it now has 1.18 
million members, an increase of 140 per 
cent since acquisition. 

There have been almost 900,000 
deal vouchers purchased since 
January 2011. The Yahoo!7 business 
delivers a new audience to Spreets and 
dramatically expands the offering through 
Yahoo! Inc and Seven West Media’s 
media businesses.

Yahoo!7 also acquired leading sports 
tipping site Oztips and relaunched the 
site with enhanced user functionality. 
The tipping site has over half a million 

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    19

Digital  
Media 

engaged users who visit the site multiple 
times each week to place and check their 
tips. Oztips enhances Yahoo!7’s market 
leading sports offering.

The company has also dramatically 
expanded its PLUS7 catch-up TV offering, 
creating new content and distribution 
partnerships as it leverages the success of 
Seven’s primetime programming. PLUS7 
streams almost three million full episodes 
of Seven’s most popular programmes every 
month – with 300 hours of content across 
Seven and 7TWO’s primetime programmes. 
The Yahoo!7 TV site and PLUS7 now 
secure a highly engaged audience 
of almost three million users with PLUS7 
seeing a 115 per cent increase in the 
number of streams since July 2010.

As part of its commitment to distribution 
across multiple platforms into the lounge 
room, Yahoo!7 has entered into new 
partnerships with Sony Pictures Television 
and Comcast International Media Group 
building on its ventures with Sony 
Computer Entertainment and Panasonic 
over the past twelve months. 

Yahoo!7 has also invested in its mobile 
offering building on its existing audience 
of over three million Australians a month 
accessing its content via mobile devices. 
Yahoo!7 launched the Seven News mobile 
iPhone and iPad apps with the Seven 
News iPhone app reaching over 200,000 
downloads in the first month. 

Also launched in the past year were the TV 
guide app and a Yahoo!7 Sports app with 
more launches of apps and mobile sites 
planned for the coming months. These 
apps are in addition to the mobile optimized 
sites already on offer across a range of the 
Yahoo!7 content properties. 

20

yahoo!7 launched the seven neWs 
moBile iphone and ipad apps With 
the seven neWs iphone app 
reaching over

200k

DOWNLOADS IN THE FIRST MONTH.

 
Yahoo!7 remains the market leader 
in online targeting technology 
allowing advertisers to precisely 
target their advertising to particular 
customer categories across 
141 targeting categories. 

The wide application of services 
through Yahoo!7 allows Seven West 
Media to further strengthen its digital 
platform connecting broadband users 
to the internet and burgeoning multi-
media solutions.

The range of Yahoo!7 targeting products 
finds the right audience at the right time 
in the purchase cycle providing more 
effective and efficient advertising. Yahoo!7 
launched a range of new online advertising 
formats including new video advertising 
formats, new targeting capabilities and 
mobile ad units.

Our future sees us 
building on our content 
creation and delivery 
capabilities with multiple 
applications across 
an array of delivery 
platforms, allowing our 
audiences to engage 
with us across television 
magazines, newspapers, 
the PC and other forms 
of fixed and wireless 
technology to experience 
and engage with our 
content and brands.

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    21

Board of 
Directors

Kerry StoKeS AC
Chairman – non-exeCutive 
direCtor

Mr Stokes, 71, is the Executive Chairman of Seven Group Holdings Limited. Mr Stokes 
has approximately four decades of active involvement in the ownership and management 
of media companies in Australia. Seven Group Holdings’ assets include WesTrac Holdings 
and a portfolio of diverse investments, including a 29.6% holding in Seven West Media 
Limited. Seven Group Holdings is a company with a market-leading presence in media 
in Australia and the resources services sector in Australia and China.

In addition, he is Chairman of Australian Capital Equity Pty Limited, which has significant 
interests in media, entertainment, research and technology development as well as 
property and industrial activities.

Mr Stokes’ many board memberships include him being Founder, Council Member and 
Chairman of the National Gallery of Australia, a Member of the International Council for 
Museum & Television, Council Member for the Australian War Memorial, and Trustee for 
the Special Air Service Trust which provides relief to current and former members of the 
Special Air Service Regiment and their dependents. Professional recognitions include an 
Honorary Fellow from Murdoch University and an Honorary Doctorate in Commerce at 
Edith Cowan University.

Mr Stokes was awarded Australia’s highest honour, the Companion in the General Division 
in the Order of Australia (AC) in 2008. In 1995, he was recognised as Officer in the 
General Division of the Order of Australia (AO).

Doug Flynn
non-exeCutive direCtor

Mr Flynn, 62, graduated in chemical engineering from the University of Newcastle, 
New South Wales. He received an MBA with distinction from Melbourne University 
in 1979.

Mr Flynn was appointed Chief Executive of newspaper publisher Davies Brothers Limited 
in 1987. The company was acquired by News Corporation in 1989.

During his career at News Limited Group, Mr Flynn held positions as Deputy Managing 
Director of News International Newspapers Ltd, Director of News International Plc, and 
Managing Director of News International Plc.

Mr Flynn then held Chief Executive positions with Aegis Group Plc and Rentokil Initial Plc 
in London, before returning to Australia in 2008.

In April 2008 he became a consultant to, and a Director of, Qin Jia Yuan Media Services 
Ltd, the leading private television company in China.

22

 
 
Peter gAmmell
non-exeCutive direCtor

Mr Gammell, 54, is the Deputy Chairman of Australian Capital Equity Pty Ltd, the holding 
company associated with Mr Kerry Stokes AC. He was the Managing Director for the last 
20 years. Mr Gammell is the Chief Executive Officer of Seven Group Holdings Limited.

grAeme John Ao
non-exeCutive direCtor

Mr Gammell served as a Director of Seven Network Limited for the last 14 years. He was 
Chairman of the Seven Network Limited Finance Committee and was a member of 
the Audit Committee. He is the Chairman of Coates Hire, Australia’s largest equipment 
hire company.

Mr Gammell is a former Director of Federal Capital Press Pty Ltd, the publisher of the 
Canberra Times (1989 to 1998) and is a former Director of the Community Newspaper 
Group (1996 to 1998).

Mr Gammell is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and holds 
a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Edinburgh.

Mr John, 68, was Managing Director of Australia Post from 1993 to 2009. He is a Fellow 
of the Chartered Institute of Transport and a Member of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors. He is a Board member of QR National, Racing Victoria and an 
AFL Commissioner.

He is a former Chairman of the Board of the Kahala Posts Group, Board member of the 
International Post Corporation (Netherlands), and Vice-Chairman of Sai Cheng Logistics 
International (China), a joint venture with China Post.

Mr John was awarded the Officer of the Order of Australia (AO) in 2003, for service to 
business and to the community. He is also a recipient of the Centennial Medal and the 
Australian Sports Medal.

DAviD leCKie
Group Chief exeCutive 
offiCer and manaGinG 
direCtor

Mr Leckie, 60, was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Seven Media Group in December 
2006; he also joined the Board of Directors of Seven Media Group at that time. He was 
on the Board of Seven Group Holdings Limited from April 2010 to August 2011, and is 
also a Director of Seven Network (appointed in April 2003), and has been Seven Network’s 
Chief Executive Officer for over seven years. He holds a Bachelor of Arts (Macquarie 
University), majoring in Economic and Financial Studies and has over 31 years experience 
in the media and television industries. Other former board positions include Chairman of 
Pacific Magazines and a Director of Free TV Australia Limited. Mr Leckie is a former Chief 
Executive Officer of the Nine Network.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    23

  
Board of 
Directors

JuStin reizeS
non-exeCutive direCtor

Justin Reizes, 41, is a Member of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P. (together with its 
affiliates, “KKR”) and is the head of its Australian office. He joined KKR’s London office 
in 1999, then moved to its Hong Kong office in 2005, Tokyo in 2006 and Sydney in 2008. 
Since moving to the Asia/Pacific area , he has been actively involved in developing KKR’s 
Asian operations. He is currently on the board of directors of BIS Industries and was a 
board member of Seven Media Group from 2006-2011.

Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Reizes was involved in private equity and investment banking 
at Morgan Stanley in New York, Houston and London. He holds a B.S. in mechanical 
engineering, summa cum laude, and a B.A. in managerial studies, summa cum laude, 
from Rice University.

Don voelte
non-exeCutive direCtor

Mr Voelte, 58, has significant experience in the global oil and gas industry and, prior 
to his retirement in June 2011, was the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 
of Woodside Petroleum Limited, a position he had held since joining the company in 2004.

Prior to joining Woodside Petroleum Limited, Mr Voelte held a number of Senior Executive 
positions in the oil and gas sector. Mr Voelte was a member of the Board of the University 
of Western Australia Business School during his Woodside tenure, and is a member of the 
Society of Petroleum Engineers, the American Society of Civil Engineers, the Chi Epsilon 
Honor Society, a Foreign Fellow to ATSE (FTSE) and a Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors (AICD). He is a trustee of the University of Nebraska Foundation 
and was awarded the University of Nebraska Engineering Alumni of Year in 2002. 
The University of Nebraska recently named their Nanotechnology and Metrology Research 
Centre for Mr Voelte and his wife Nancy. He has a degree in Civil Engineering, from the 
University of Nebraska.

24

 
 
SAm WAlSh Ao
non-exeCutive direCtor

Mr Walsh, 61, was appointed chief executive of Rio Tinto’s Iron Ore group in 2004, with 
responsibilities covering operations and projects in Australia, Canada, Guinea and India.

He is an executive director on the boards of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited, and in 
November 2009 he was appointed chief executive of Rio Tinto Australia. He is also the 
Rio Tinto Executive Committee sponsor for Australia and West Africa. Prior to joining 
Rio Tinto, Mr Walsh worked in the automotive industry for more than 20 years in Australia 
and the USA.

He has a Bachelor of Commerce from Melbourne University and has completed a 
Fellowship Program at Kettering University in Michigan. He was awarded Honorary Doctor 
of Commerce by Edith Cowan University in 2010.

Mr Walsh is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Management, the Australian Institute 
of Mining & Metallurgy, the Chartered Institute of Purchasing & Supply and the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors, a vice president of the Australia-Japan Business 
Co-operation Committee, chair of the WA Chapter of the Australia Business Arts 
Foundation, the Black Swan State Theatre Company and the Chamber of Arts and Culture 
WA Inc, patron of the State Library of Western Australia Foundation, a patron of the UWA 
Hackett Foundation and president of Scouts Australia (WA Branch).

In 2007, Mr Walsh was awarded Australian Export Hero and Western Australian Citizen 
of the Year - Industry & Commerce. In 2010, he was awarded an Order of Australia 
(AO) for his work in the mining industry and establishing employment programs for 
Indigenous Australians.

Peter BryAnt
Company SeCretary 
& Chief finanCial 
offiCer (Wa)

Mr Bryant, 44, joined the West Australian Newspaper Group in April 2008 as Company 
Secretary, and in November 2009 his role was expanded to encompass the position 
of Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining WAN he was the Company Secretary and CFO 
of GRD Limited, where he had been employed for eight years. His commercial experience 
also includes several financial and management roles within a significant private, Perth 
based, entrepreneurial group. He commenced his career with Ernst & Young working for 
their offices in Australia, the UK and the US.

Mr Bryant is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    25

  
Corporate Governance
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

This statement outlines the main corporate governance practices that were in place throughout the financial year, unless otherwise stated.

ThE boARD
The board has adopted a board charter* setting out the purpose and role of the board, its responsibilities and powers. The charter also 
documents the way the board functions.

The board is assisted in carrying out its responsibilities by the audit and risk committee and the remuneration and nomination committee.

The board has established a framework for the management of the Company which includes a system of internal control, a business risk 
management process and the establishment of appropriate ethical standards for directors and employees.

The board currently consists of seven non-executive directors, including the chairman, and one executive director. The majority of 
non-executives are independent directors. In determining whether a director is independent, the guidelines contained within Principal 2 
of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations are applied. In assessing if a supplier or customer is a material 
supplier or customer, the principles of “Materiality”, contained in AASb 1031, are applied.

Mr Stokes AC and Mr Gammell are not regarded as independent within the framework of the guidelines because of their positions within 
Seven Group holdings Limited, which is a major shareholder of Seven West Media Limited. both Mr Stokes AC and Mr Gammell have 
lodged Standing Notices of Interest, in relation to their positions with Seven Group holdings Limited, with the Company. These notices 
have been tabled at a board meeting, in accordance with the requirements of section 192 of the Corporations Legislation.

Mr Reizes is not regarded as independent within the framework of the guidelines because of his position within Kohlberg Kravis Roberts 
& Co. L.P. (together with its affiliates, “KKR”), which is a major shareholder of Seven West Media Limited. Mr Reizes has lodged a Standing 
Notice of Interest in relation to his position with KKR, with the Company. This notice has been tabled at a board meeting, in accordance 
with the requirements of section 192 of the Corporations Legislation.

Procedures have been put in place to ensure observance of both the letter and the spirit of dealing correctly with issues which might 
give rise due to a conflict of interest.

The board has adopted a written code of conduct* for directors which establishes guidelines for their conduct in matters such as ethical 
standards and conflicts of interests. The code is based on that developed by the Australian Institute of Company Directors. Directors have 
the right to seek independent professional advice at the expense of the Company. Directors are permitted to trade in securities of the 
Company in accordance with the Company’s Share Trading Policy* and after reference to the company secretary.

The board undertakes reviews of its own performance, with external advice as appropriate.

DIRECToRS
Details regarding the Company’s directors are set out in the directors’ report.

MEETINGS of DIRECToRS
The numbers of meetings of the Company’s board of directors and of each board committee held during the year ended 25 June 2011, 
and the numbers of meetings attended by each director are set out in the directors’ report.

REMUNERATIoN AND NoMINATIoN CoMMITTEE
A charter* sets out the role and responsibilities of the committee which comprised the following members, all of whom are independent 
directors, except for Mr Stokes AC and Mr Reizes:

•  DR Voelte (Chairman)
•  KM Stokes AC
•  GT John Ao
• 

JC Reizes (appointed 3/6/11)

26

Corporate Governance
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The committee reviews remuneration packages and policies applicable to the chief executive officer and senior executives. This includes 
share schemes, incentive performance packages, superannuation entitlements, retirement and termination entitlements, fringe benefit 
policies and professional indemnity and liability insurance policies. External advice is sought as appropriate.

The committee also directly obtains independent advice on the appropriateness of the level of fees payable to non-executive directors 
and makes recommendations to the board.

further details of directors’ and executives’ remuneration, superannuation and retirement payments are set out in the remuneration 
report which forms part of the directors’ report and notes 24 and 32 to the financial statements.

The composition of the board is regularly reviewed by the committee to ensure that the board has the appropriate mix of expertise and 
experience. When a vacancy exists, through whatever cause, or where it is considered that the board would benefit from the services 
of a new director with particular skills, potential candidates are identified by the committee with advice from an external consultant 
if deemed appropriate. The board then appoints the most suitable candidate who must stand for election at the next general meeting.

The chief executive officer and managing director is invited to committee meetings, as required, to discuss management performance 
and remuneration packages.

AUDIT AND RISK CoMMITTEE
A charter* sets out the role and responsibilities of the committee which during the year comprised the following members, all of whom 
are independent directors except for Mr Gammell:

SMC Walsh Ao (Chairman)

• 
•  DR flynn
• 

PJT Gammell

The role of the committee is to advise on the establishment and maintenance of a framework of internal control for the management 
of the Company, to ensure that the Company has an effective risk management system in order for risks to be identified and managed 
effectively, that accounting policies are appropriately applied and that financial information is fairly and correctly reported. The internal 
and external auditors, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer are invited to meetings at the discretion of the committee.

The Company requires that the external audit firm rotates the engagement partner in accordance with accepted best practice.

INDEPENDENT DIRECToRS CoMMITTEE
During the year the board established a temporary independent directors committee, in relation to the transaction to acquire the Seven 
Media Group.

The committee comprised the following members:

•  DR flynn (Chairman)
•  GT John Ao
•  DR Voelte
• 

SMC Walsh Ao

The role of the committee was to review, consider and negotiate the transaction to acquire the Seven Media Group.

The committee, through its legal advisors, established a formal board Protocol which provided clear guidance and protocols in relation 
to the committee’s dealings with the non-independent directors. The document was signed by all members of the board prior to the 
commencement of the process.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    27

Corporate Governance
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

INTERNAL CoNTRoL fRAMEWoRK
The board acknowledges that it is responsible for the overall internal control framework, but recognises that no cost effective control 
system will preclude all errors and irregularities. To assist in discharging this responsibility, the board has instigated an internal control 
framework which includes:

INTERNAL AUDIT

An internal auditor function reports directly to the chairman of the audit and risk committee and to the company secretary, and 
is responsible for monitoring, investigating and reporting on the internal control systems.

fINANCIAL REPoRTING

There is a comprehensive budgeting system with an annual budget approved by the directors. Weekly and monthly actual results are 
reported against budget and revised forecasts for the year are prepared regularly. The Company reports to the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX) on a half yearly basis - see “Continuous Disclosure” below.

SPECIAL REPoRTS

The Company has identified a number of key areas which are subject to regular reporting to the board such as environmental, legal and 
health and safety matters.

bUSINESS RISKS
The board requires reports on major risks affecting the Company and requires management to develop strategies to mitigate these risks.

To assist the board in this regard, the audit and risk committee of the board established a risk assessment panel to investigate, monitor 
and report on all material areas of risk affecting the Group. The panel comprises senior executives with Group wide responsibilities 
under the chairmanship of the internal audit manager. External advice is sought as appropriate. During the 2011 financial year the panel 
operated in relation to the former West Australian Newspapers Group. The scope of the panel is being expanded to encompass the full 
Seven West Media Group.

once a major risk is identified, an action plan is instigated. Corrective action is taken as soon as practicable and the committee informed 
of the action taken.

CoNTINUoUS DISCLoSURE
The Company is committed to complying with the continuous disclosure obligations of the Corporations Legislation and the listing rules 
of the ASX and has adopted a continuous disclosure policy*.

The Company follows a program of half yearly disclosures to the market on financial and operational results and has established policies 
and procedures to ensure that a wide audience of investors has access to information given to ASX for market release. Media releases, 
half yearly financial reports and results presentations are lodged with ASX and upon confirmation of receipt by ASX, they are posted 
to the Company’s website.

In order to protect against inadvertent disclosure of price sensitive information, the Company imposes communication blackout periods 
for financial information between the ends of financial reporting periods and the announcement of results to the market.

CoDE of CoNDUCT
The Company has adopted a code of conduct for employees*. It provides a framework of ethical principles for conducting business and 
dealing with customers, employees and other stakeholders. The code sets out the responsibilities of employees to the Company and 
requires employees to avoid conflicts of interest, misuse of Company property and accepting or offering inappropriate gifts. Employees 
are permitted to trade in securities of the Company in accordance with the Company’s Share Trading Policy* and, if senior executives, 
after reference to the company secretary.

ShAREhoLDER CoMMUNICATIoN
The Company recognises the right of shareholders to be informed of matters which affect their investment in the Company and has 
adopted a shareholder communication policy*. The Company maintains a website which displays both corporate governance documents 
and up to date information released to ASX.

28

Corporate Governance
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

CoRPoRATE GoVERNANCE PRINCIPLES AND RECoMMENDATIoNS (2ND EDITIoN)
The Company has adopted the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (2nd Edition).

The Company will adopt the ‘Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendation including 2010 Amendments (2nd Edition)’ from 
the next reporting period, which is consistent with the requirements of the updated document.

The extent to which the Company has followed the recommendations of the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(2nd Edition) is contained in the body of this report and/or are summarised below.

1.  LAY SoLID foUNDATIoNS foR MANAGEMENT AND oVERSIGhT

The board has adopted a charter setting out its roles and responsibilities*.

Key terms and conditions relating to the appointment of non-executive directors and senior executives are set out in formal 
engagement letters.

The process adopted by the Company to evaluate the performance of senor executives and non-executive directors is documented 
within the annual report.

The chief executive officer and chief financial officer are employed pursuant to engagement agreements which include formal 
job descriptions.

2.  STRUCTURE ThE boARD To ADD VALUE

The majority of non-executive directors are independent.

The roles of the chairman and chief executive officer are separate.

The chairman is not an independent director. however, the board believes the chairman’s experience and skills, coupled with the 
existence of a clear and accepted conflict of interest protocol, have delivered a structure which will best achieve the company’s 
objectives.

The board has adopted the recommended definition of ‘independent director’ and has addressed the issue of materiality.

The board values diversity in relation to age, gender, cultural background and ethnicity and recognises the benefits it can bring to 
the organisation.

The board has established a number of committees to assist in the execution of its duties and to allow detailed consideration of complex 
issues. Current committees of the board are the remuneration and nomination and the audit and risk committees. Each committee has its 
own written charter, which are reviewed on an annual basis and available on the company website.

The board has adopted a written code of conduct for directors*, which establishes guidelines for their conduct. The code includes 
guidelines for the disclosure and management of conflicts of interest.

Inductions are provided to new directors, executives and management, to ensure they have a full understanding of the Company and 
its operations.

3.  PRoMoTE EThICAL AND RESPoNSIbLE DECISIoN MAKING

The board undertakes reviews of its own performance, with external advice, as appropriate.

The board has adopted a code of conduct for directors and employees* which includes a policy on trading in the Company’s securities.

The board values diversity in relation to age, gender, cultural background and ethnicity and recognises the benefits it can bring to 
the organisation.

4.  SAfEGUARD INTEGRITY IN fINANCIAL REPoRTING

The company policy is to appoint external auditors who clearly demonstrate quality and independence. The performance of the external 
auditor is reviewed annually and applications for tender of external audit services are requested as deemed appropriate, taking into 
consideration assessment of performance, existing value and tender costs.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    29

Corporate Governance
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The board requires the chief executive officer and chief financial officer to state in writing to it that the Company’s financial reports 
represent a true and fair view, in all material respects, of the Company’s financial condition and operational results in accordance with the 
relevant accounting standards.

The board has established an audit and risk committee*. The chairman of the committee is an independent director.

5.  MAKE TIMELY AND bALANCED DISCLoSURE

The board has adopted a continuous disclosure policy*.

6.  RESPECT ThE RIGhTS of ShAREhoLDERS

The board has adopted a shareholder communication policy*.

Shareholders are given a reasonable opportunity to ask questions of the board at general meetings. The external auditor is available 
at such meetings to answer questions from shareholders on matters relating to the audit of the Company’s financial statements.

7.  RECoGNISE AND MANAGE RISK

The board has adopted an internal control framework and a risk management policy both of which are discussed earlier in this report.

The chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to state in writing to the board that the risk management and internal 
compliance and control systems are operating effectively and efficiently in all material respects.

8.  REMUNERATE fAIRLY AND RESPoNSIbLY

The board’s remuneration policy is discussed in the remuneration report which forms part of the directors’ report.

*  These documents can be found on the Company’s website at www.sevenwestmedia.com.au or copies can be requested from the company secretary.

30

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Your directors present their report on the Group consisting of Seven West Media Limited and the entities it controlled at the end of, or 
during, the year ended 25 June 2011.

boARD
The following persons were board members of Seven West Media Limited during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this 
report, unless otherwise stated:

KM Stokes AC – Chairman
DR flynn
DJ Leckie (appointed 16 May 2011)
PJT Gammell
GT John Ao
JC Reizes (appointed 19 April 2011)
DR Voelte
SMC Walsh Ao
PJ bryant – Company Secretary

RK Stokes and bI McWilliam are alternate directors to KM Stokes AC and PJT Gammell respectively. Subsequent to the end of the 
financial year (23 August 2011), Mr E bostock was appointed as an alternate director for JC Reizes. Alternate directors do not receive 
any remuneration.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The principal continuing activities of the Group consisted of free to air television, newspaper and magazine publishing, online and radio 
broadcasting.

DIVIDENDS - SEVEN WEST MEDIA LIMITED
Dividends paid to members during the financial year were as follows:

final ordinary dividend for the year ended 30 June 2010 of 26 cents  
(2009 - 10 cents) per share paid on 30 September 2010

Interim ordinary dividend for the year ended 25 June 2011 of 19 cents  
(2010 - 19 cents) per share paid on 31 March 2011

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

55,804

21,071

41,503
97,307

40,309
61,380

In addition to the above dividends, since the end of the 2011 financial year the directors have declared the payment of a final ordinary 
dividend of $158.4m (26 cents per share) to be paid on 14 october 2011.

REVIEW of oPERATIoNS
A summary of consolidated results is set out below:

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of Seven West Media Limited

Profit before income tax expense includes the following specific expenses whose disclosure is relevant in explaining the 
financial performance of the Group:

2011

$’000

173,530

(58,408)

115,122

2010

$’000

134,109

 (37,886)

96,223

Transaction costs related to the acquisition of SMG (h1) Pty Limited and its subsidiaries 

26,380

–

It is important to note that the results for 2011 incorporate the full year results for the former West Australian Newspaper Group and the 
results of the former Seven Media Group for the period from acquisition on 12 April 2011 to the end of the reporting period.

A review of operations of the Group is given on pages 6 to 21

Seven West media – annual report 2011    31

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

SIGNIfICANT ChANGES IN ThE STATE of AffAIRS
Significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group which occurred during the financial year were as follows:

In April 2011, the company acquired the Seven Media Group. The transaction, which included a capital raising, was approved by 
shareholders at an Extraordinary General Meeting, held on 11 April 2011. full details of the acquisition and the capital raising were 
disclosed in the explanatory memorandum and prospectus, which were issued pertaining to the transaction.

MATTERS SUbSEqUENT To ThE END of ThE fINANCIAL YEAR
There are no matters or circumstances which have arisen since 25 June 2011 that have significantly affected or may significantly affect:

a)  the Group’s operations in future financial years; or
b)  the results of those operations in future financial years; or
c)  the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

LIKELY DEVELoPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS of oPERATIoNS
In the opinion of the directors it would prejudice the Company’s interests if any further information on likely developments in the 
operations of the Group and the expected results of operations were included in this report, and the omission of such information 
is hereby disclosed.

ENVIRoNMENTAL REGULATIoN
The Group’s major production facilities do not require discharge licences under the Environmental Protection Act 1986 and no formal 
reporting is required to either the Environmental Protection Authority or the National Pollutant Inventory.

GREENhoUSE GAS AND ENERGY DATA REPoRTING REqUIREMENTS
With the introduction in 2008/09 of a national greenhouse gas emissions and energy reporting framework for businesses through 
a combination of new legislation (National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007) and existing legislation (Energy Efficiency 
Opportunities Act 2006), the Group underwent an initial analysis of emissions from its sites. Collectively, emissions from the Group’s 
business, which are reviewed annually, do not meet the thresholds for mandatory reporting, with total consumption well below 87,500 
tonnes of greenhouse gas emissions and 350 terajoules of energy.

MEETINGS of DIRECToRS
The numbers of meetings of the Company’s board of directors and of each board committee held during the year ended 25 June 2011, 
and the numbers of meetings attended by each director were:

DIRECToRS

KM Stokes AC

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

DJ Leckie (appointed 16/5/11)

JC Reizes (appointed 19/4/11)

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

Alternate directors

bI McWilliam (Alternate for PJT Gammell)

RK Stokes (Alternate for KM Stokes AC)

MEETINGS of 
DIRECToRS

AUDIT AND RISK

REMUNERATIoN AND 
NoMINATIoN

INDEPENDENT 
DIRECToRS*

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

(a)

(b)

6

7

7

7

1

2

7

7

–

1

7

7

7

7

1

2

7

7

–

1

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

4

4

–

–

–

–

4

–

–

2

–

–

2

–

1

2

–

–

–

2

–

–

2

–

1

2

–

–

–

–

12

–

11

–

–

12

12

–

–

–

12

–

12

–

–

12

12

–

–

(a)  Number of meetings attended. 
(b)  Number of meetings held during the time the director held office or was a member of the committee during the year.
* 

This committee, comprising the independent directors, was established to review, consider and negotiate the transaction to acquire the Seven Media Group.

32

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

DIRECToRS’ INTERESTS IN ShARES
As at the date of this report the interests of the directors in the shares of the Company were:

KM Stokes AC

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

DJ Leckie

JC Reizes

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

bI Williams (Alternate Director)

RK Stokes (Alternate Director)

Number of convertible 
preference shares

Number of ordinary shares

2,500

180,720,216

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30,843

95,763

44,866

751,252

34,713

19,095

52,312

297,938

39,846

REMUNERATIoN REPoRT
This report describes the remuneration arrangements for the directors and key management personnel of Seven West Media Limited.

As a consequence of the acquisition of the Seven Media Group, on 12 April 2011, the key management personnel of Seven West Media 
Limited changed. further, as a consequence of this change, the structure of remuneration packages under which the key management 
personnel were employed, varied during the period.

Key management personnel prior to the acquisition of the Seven Media Group were engaged by the West Australian Newspaper Group, 
under contract terms and conditions applicable to the West Australian Newspaper Group. Subsequent to the acquisition, the key 
management personnel reflect a combination of executives engaged under the West Australian Newspaper Group structure and under 
the Seven Media Group structure.

This remuneration report provides details of both structures referred to above.

It is envisaged that, for the year ended 2012, all key management personnel of the Seven Media Group will be engaged on consistent 
remuneration package structures.

Remuneration details for the executives who became key management personnel following the acquisition of the Seven Media Group 
have been provided for the period from 12 April 2011, the date the new Group was formed, to the end of the reporting period. Where 
an executive ceased to be a key management personnel following the acquisition of the Seven Media Group, their remuneration has 
been disclosed for the period from 1July 2010 to 12 April 2011.

The information provided in this remuneration report has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Corporations Act 2001.

The board has established a Remuneration & Nomination Committee (the “Committee”). Its role is described in the corporate governance 
statement in this annual report, and includes the following :
• 
• 
• 

To recommend to the board the remuneration of non-executive directors, within the aggregate approved by shareholders;
To recommend to the board the remuneration and other conditions of service of the chief executive officer;
To approve the remuneration and other conditions of service for senior executives reporting to the chief executive officer, based on the 
recommendations of the chief executive officer;
To design the executive incentive plans and approve payments or awards under such plans; and
To establish the performance hurdles associated with the incentive plans.

• 
• 

This report is set out under the following main headings:

A  Principles used to determine the nature and amount of remuneration
b  Details of remuneration
C  Service agreements
D  Share-based compensation

Seven West media – annual report 2011    33

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

A.  PRINCIPLES USED To DETERMINE ThE NATURE AND AMoUNT of REMUNERATIoN
Directors

fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands which are made on, and the responsibilities of, the directors. 
Non-executive directors’ fees and payments are reviewed by the Committee and, where appropriate, changes are recommended to the 
board. The Committee has the discretion to directly seek the advice of independent remuneration consultants to ensure non-executive 
directors’ fees are appropriate and in line with the market. The chairman’s fees are determined in the same way.

The aggregate of payments each year to non-executive directors must be no more than the amount approved by shareholders in general 
meeting. The current aggregate is $1,500,000, which was approved at the AGM held on 18 November 2010.

The fees paid for the year to 25 June 2011 were $120,000 per annum for non-executive directors and $300,000 per annum for the 
chairman. The Company’s statutory superannuation contributions are included in these amounts. Non-executive director fees were last 
increased in July 2007.

In order to more closely align the interests of the non-executive directors with shareholder interests in the creation of value for 
shareholders as a whole, non-executive directors are obliged to receive at least 25% of their annual fees in shares in the Company. These 
shares are purchased on-market at prevailing prices and must be held in trust for ten years unless the director retires or a specified 
event occurs.

In addition to the fees described above, Mr flynn received an additional one off payment of $150,000. This payment represents 
a reimbursement for time spent, above the normal expectations of a director, as chairman of the independent directors committee, 
which was established in relation to the acquisition of Seven Media Group.

Chief executive officer and managing director

Mr Leckie’s remuneration comprises of fixed remuneration and performance linked remuneration. 

fixed remuneration

from 12 April 2011, the date the new Group was formed following the acquisition of the Seven Media Group, to the end of the reporting 
period, Mr Leckie is entitled to a pro-rata fixed base salary of $510,574.71 inclusive of superannuation.

Performance linked remuneration

Mr Leckie is eligible for performance linked remuneration under the Seven Media Group’s Performance Management Plan. This consists 
of a cash incentive which is intended to appropriately align with business objectives and to motivate and reward performance.

An “on-target” assessment shall result in performance-linked remuneration of up to 75% of the chief executive officer and managing 
director’s base salary package, comprising a cash incentive which may be subject to vesting restrictions. The cash incentive shall not 
be provided in circumstances where individual performance is unsatisfactory. The board approve the level of performance-linked 
remuneration paid to Mr Leckie based on a recommendation from the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

The cash incentive under the Performance Management Plan consists of a lump sum payment following the end of the financial year. 
The board has discretion to defer a portion of the incentive to make it subject to time vesting while the executive remains employed by 
the Company. Payments under the incentive are not guaranteed as they are dependent upon certain performance targets being reached. 
The performance targets comprise two parts – corporate goals and personal goals – and are measured over the relevant financial year.

The corporate goals are based on achievement of the relevant business unit and Seven Media Group Earnings before Interest and Tax 
(EbIT). Personal goals are based upon performance against specified and weighted criteria, for example relating to ratings performance, 
sales performance and revenue share, budget, leadership and business planning. These performance hurdles were selected by the SMG 
board to ensure the ongoing market leadership of the television and magazine businesses. 

In certain circumstances a discretionary adjustment within established parameters may also be made to the incentive to reflect individual 
performance. The discretion may only be exercised where performance is assessed as exceeding set goals, with greater discretion where 
performance is assessed to be outstanding. 

Chief executive officer - WA

Mr Wharton was the chief executive officer of the Group for the period up to the appointment of Mr Leckie, following the acquisition 
of the Seven Media Group. Concurrent with the appointment of Mr Leckie, Mr Wharton was appointed chief executive officer of Seven 
West Media, in Western Australia.

34

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The remuneration package of the chief executive officer WA, including performance based incentives, is set by the Committee, 
on the recommendation of the chief executive officer and managing director. Where appropriate, the Committee directly seeks 
independent advice.

Mr Wharton’s annual remuneration comprises a fixed annual remuneration (fAR) component, which is inclusive of superannuation and 
other benefits, a short term cash incentive (STI) and a long term equity incentive (LTI).

Mr Wharton’s STI is assessed annually, based on his performance against a basket of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), established at 
the commencement of each annual review period by the Committee and approved by the board. The KPIs comprise both qualitative 
and quantitative targets, with each category given equal rating. Within the qualitative grouping there are six KPIs, which for the year 
ended 25 June 2011 focused on the development of the Group’s reputation, engagement with the community, and the development 
of the Group’s Regional and online assets. The quantitative grouping comprised five KPIs and focused on revenue generation, circulation 
growth, cost management, profitability and health, safety and environment. The maximum STI that can be earned by Mr Wharton 
equates to 50% of his fAR. for the year ended 25 June 2011, Mr Wharton achieved an STI payout ratio of 70%.

Mr Wharton’s LTI program, under which equity in the Company can be earned, has two hurdles, or assessment points, which ultimately 
determine his LTI entitlement.

The first hurdle provides access to the program, and establishes an unvested number of share rights. The second hurdle determines the 
number of shares that vest and thus will be received by Mr Wharton.

Under the first hurdle, which is applied annually on 30 June, Mr Wharton may be granted unvested share rights, in accordance with 
the following :
•  Where reported EPS growth for the year is equal to CPI + 6%, Mr Wharton is granted an allocation equal in value to 25% of his fAR.
•  Where reported EPS growth for the year is equal to CPI + 8%, Mr Wharton is granted an allocation equal in value to 50% of his fAR.
•  Where reported EPS growth is between the two thresholds above, the allocation is determined on a pro-rata basis.

once share rights have been granted, a second hurdle is applied to determine the number of shares that will ultimately vest.

The second hurdle is assessed three years after the shares were granted. The second hurdle is based on the Company’s Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR).

The TSR performance hurdles are :
• 

If TSR is within the 50-75 percentile of a comparative group, then the percentage ranking, multiplied by the available LTI share rights, 
will vest.
If TSR is within the 75-100 percentile of a comparative group, then the percentage of available LTI share rights that vest will be from 
75% to 150% of the available share rights, calculated on a pro-rata basis.

• 

In the event that minimum TSR performance hurdle for year three is not achieved, the share rights granted can be carried forward for two 
years, with a re-test performed in each of these years, based on the TSR over four or five years respectively.

The maximum value of shares issued under the LTI program, assuming all hurdles are passed at the highest level, equates to 75% of 
Mr Wharton’s fAR.

for the year ended 25 June 2011 no share rights were granted under the terms of Mr Wharton’s LTI program.

The board believes it is in the best interest of the Company to ensure that Mr Wharton’s annual remuneration package is reasonable and 
represents an appropriate reward for both the financial and operational results achieved during the period. The board therefore reserves 
the right to, in exceptional circumstances, make a discretionary allocation of share rights.

Should the Company terminate Mr Wharton’s contract, other than for serious misconduct, Mr Wharton will be entitled to 3 months 
notice. In lieu of such notice, he may be paid an amount determined by reference to his fixed annual remuneration.

Executives – Seven West Media Limited

from 12 April 2011, the date of the acquisition of the Seven Media Group, several executives of the Seven Media Group became key 
management personnel of Seven West Media. for the period commencing 12 April 2011 to the end of the reporting period, these Seven 
West Media Limited executives had their remuneration set to comprise of fixed and performance linked variable pay. 

These executives are eligible for performance linked remuneration under the Seven Media Group Performance Management Plan. 
The terms under the plan which apply to the executives are broadly similar to those applying to Mr Leckie. 

Seven West media – annual report 2011    35

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

An “on-target” assessment shall result in performance-linked remuneration of 50% of the base salary package, comprising a cash 
incentive which may be subject to vesting restrictions. Personal goals are assessed and weighted against specified criteria, for example 
relating to ratings performance, sales budgets, revenue share, budgets, circulation and leadership. The cash incentive shall not be 
provided in circumstances where individual performance is unsatisfactory. 

The remuneration packages of executives, including performance based incentives, were set by the Seven Media Group Remuneration 
Committee, on the recommendation of the chief executive officer. The objective of the Seven Media Group executive reward framework 
is to ensure reward for performance is competitive with other employers and appropriate for the results delivered.

Executives – former West Australian Newspaper Group

The former West Australian Newspaper Group executives held office for the full year. Subsequent to the acquisition of the Seven Media 
Group, several of these executives are no longer considered to be key management personnel. In these instances their remuneration has 
been disclosed for the period that they were considered key management personnel of Seven West Media.

The remuneration packages of executives, including performance based incentives, are set by the Committee, on the recommendation 
of the CEo. Where appropriate, the Committee directly seeks independent advice.

The objective of the Company’s executive reward framework is to ensure reward for performance is competitive with other employers 
and appropriate for the results delivered.

The reward structure aligns the interests of executives with shareholders’ interests as it has economic profit as a core component 
of the plan’s design, coupled with a focus on key non-financial drivers of value. The plan provides a clear structure for earning rewards 
and provides recognition for contribution to growth in the Company’s profits and value.

The executive remuneration packages provide a mix of fixed annual remuneration (fAR) and at risk short term cash incentives (STIs).

Executives’ fAR is reviewed annually, or in line with promotion or increased responsibility, to ensure the executive’s remuneration 
is competitive with the market.

Executives’ fAR can include non-cash benefits, which may include the use of a motor vehicle.

There are no guaranteed fAR increases included in any executive’s contract.

The executives participate in an STI program. Under the program, should the executives achieve pre-determined targets set by the 
Committee then cash incentives are payable to executives. The incentive targets are leveraged for performance above a threshold 
to provide an incentive for executive performance.

The maximum STI that can be earned by the executives is between 40% and 75% of the executive’s fAR. Details of the relative 
proportions for each executive are contained in section b of this report.

Targets, which are established annually at the commencement of each annual review period, include both a quantitative and qualitative 
component, developed with reference to the accountabilities of the role and its impact on organisation or business unit performance.

Although the exact composition of KPIs varies for each executive, broadly speaking each executive has eight KPIs which are given equal 
weighting between qualitative and quantitative targets.

Within the qualitative grouping the KPIs, for the year ended 25 June 2011, focused on the development of the Group’s reputation, 
engagement with the community, the development of the Group’s Regional and online assets and the maintenance of appropriately 
resourced and structured operating divisions. The quantitative KPIs focused on revenue generation, circulation growth, cost 
management, profitability and health, safety and environment.

The average STI payout ratio, for the year, was 56%, (last year 85%).

Link between remuneration policy and company performance

Seven West Media Limited
from 12 April 2011, the date the new Group was formed following the acquisition of the Seven Media Group, to the end of the reporting 
period, Seven West Media executives, who were formally executives of Seven Media Group, had their remuneration policy linked to the 
EbIT performance of the individual business units and the Seven Media Group. 

36

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Former West Australian Newspaper Group
The Company’s remuneration policy aligns the level of STIs paid to the profit growth of the Company. The theme of linking remuneration 
policy directly to company performance for 2011/12 is extended to long term incentives (LTIs) granted to the chief executive officer WA, 
who is entitled to receive share rights on the basis outlined above.

The Committee considers that the performance linked remuneration structure adopted by the Company is generating an outcome that 
is  aligned with the generation of shareholder wealth.

The following table sets out the Company’s performance over the last 5 financial years:

Profit after tax (before significant items*) ($’000’s)

Profit after tax (as reported) ($’000’s)

ordinary dividends per share with respect to year (cents)

Diluted earnings per share

(as reported) (cents)

Diluted earnings per share (before significant items*) (cents)

Growth/(decline) in earnings per share (before significant items*) (%)

Share price as at reporting date ($)

2007

2008

128,437

127,342 (a)

53,968

61.0

25.8

61.4

19.5

13.70

109,935

53.0

52.5

60.9 (a)

13.8 (a)

7.90

2009

97,091

87,244

33.0

41.5

46.2

(24.1)

4.36

2010

96,223

96,223

45.0

45.0

45.0

(2.6)

6.54

2011

140,452

115,122

45.0 

37.5 

45.8 

1.8 

4.00

(a)  for the purposes of calculating the 2008 percentage EPS movement, the profit after tax (before significant items) for 2007 was restated to $111,885,000 
to exclude the discontinued hoyts operations. In 2008, the after-tax profit on the sale of the commercial printing operation’s property of $5,386,000 was 
a management KPI and is thus included in the profit after tax.
for details of significant items refer note 7 to the financial statements.

* 

b.  DETAILS of REMUNERATIoN 
Amounts of remuneration

Details of the remuneration of the directors of Seven West Media Limited and key management personnel of the Group, are set out in the 
following tables.

The key management personnel of the Group at 25 June 2011 are the directors of Seven West Media Limited (as per page 31 above), 
the chief executive officer and managing director, and certain executives that report directly to the chief executive officer. The key 
management personnel of the Group changed on 12 April 2011, as a consequence of the acquisition of the Seven Media Group. 
The remuneration disclosed for the executives of Seven West Media reflects their remuneration for the period that they were considered 
to be key management personnel.

With the exception of Mr Wharton and Mr bryant, whose remuneration has been disclosed for the full year, the remuneration for the 
key management personnel of the Group post transaction has been disclosed for the period from 12 April 2011 to the end of the 
reporting period.

The remuneration for the West Australian Newspaper Group executives has been disclosed from 1 July 2010 to 12 April 2011, the date 
that they ceased to be key management personnel.

Key management personnel, whose remuneration has been disclosed in this report are:

Seven West Media Limited

DJ Leckie

CS Wharton

PJ bryant

KJ burnette

N Chan

PJ Lewis

bI McWilliam

TG Worner

Group Chief Executive officer and Managing Director

Chief Executive officer WA

Company Secretary & Chief financial officer (WA)

Chief Sales & Digital officer

Chief Executive officer Pacific Magazines

Group Chief financial officer

Commercial Director

Director of Programming & Production

Seven West media – annual report 2011    37

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Key management personnel prior to the acquisition of Seven Media Group

DM bignold

RA billington

bA McCarthy

LM Roche

2011

Name

Sales Director

General Manager – Marketing and Circulation

Editor, The West Australian

General Manager – Group operations and Information Technology

ShoRT–TERM bENEfITS

PoST–EMPLoYMENT bENEfITS

Cash salary  
& fees  
$

Cash bonus & 
incentives  
$

Non-monetary 
benefits  
$

Super-
annuation  
$

Termination 
benefits  
$

Share-based 
payments  
$

NoN-EXECUTIVE DIRECToRS of ThE CoMPANY 

KM Stokes AC - Chairman

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

JC Reizes

(appointed 19/4/11)

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

153,190

81,900

91,326

81,900

26,488

81,900

54,600

–

(ii) 150,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,375

10,800

11,648

10,800

3,098

10,800

10,800

EXECUTIVE DIRECToR of ThE CoMPANY 

DJ Leckie (appointed

16/5/11) (from 12/4/11)

510,575

205,479

6,452

3,123

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL of ThE GRoUP

CS Wharton

PJ bryant

KJ burnette (from 12/4/11)

N Chan (from 12/4/11)

PJ Lewis (from 12/4/11)

bI McWilliam (from 12/4/11)

TG Worner (from 12/4/11)

787,444

(vii) 300,000

(viii) 43,631

(x) 443,355

(iv) 83,600

(viii) 27,510

167,419

142,591

86,407

222,904

200,342

109,038

11,558

34,932

53,682

124,604

–

(viii) 8,396

(viii) 77,960

–

–

15,199

15,199

3,242

3,123

3,123

3,123

5,137

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL PRIoR To ThE ACqUISITIoN of SEVEN MEDIA GRoUP

DM bignold (to 12/4/11)

RA billington (to 12/4/11)

bA McCarthy (to 12/4/11)

LM Roche (to 12/4/11)

Totals

211,966

217,580

239,813

(iii) 91,926

(viii) 21,211

(iv) 78,023

(v) 110,252

–

–

224,809

(vi) 146,495

(viii) 20,045

11,297

12,033

12,033

12,033

4,026,509

1,499,589

205,205

165,986

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
$

210,274

270,000

130,274

120,000

35,274

120,000

120,000

(i) 47,709

(i) 27,300

(i) 27,300

(i) 27,300

(i) 5,688

(i) 27,300

(i) 54,600

–

725,629

(ix) 67,784

1,214,058

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

569,664

279,699

165,668

202,422

279,709

330,083

336,400

307,636

362,098

403,382

284,981

6,182,270

(i)  Shares in the Company acquired on-market in terms of the Non-Executive Directors Share Plan, approved by shareholders at the annual general 

meeting of the Company on 7 November 2002.

(ii)  one-off payment in recognition of time spent in relation to the acquisition of Seven Media Group.
(iii)  STI being 50% of available STI (50% forfeited).
(iv)  STI being 45% of available STI (55% forfeited).
(v)  STI being 58% of available STI (42% forfeited).
(vi)  STI being 75% of available STI (25% forfeited).
(vii) STI being 70% of available STI (30% forfeited).
(viii) Provision of motor vehicle and other non-monetary benefits.
(ix)  Relates to discretionary grant of 41,081 share rights on 3 August 2010 – refer page 40 for further details. No share rights available under Mr Wharton’s 

LTI program were granted during the financial year.
Includes $39,183, being the payout of excessive leave entitlement.

(x) 

38

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The five highest paid executives of the Group during the year ended 25 June 2011 are reflected in the following table.

2011

Name

DJ Leckie (from 12/4/11)

CS Wharton

PJ bryant

bA McCarthy

LM Roche

ShoRT–TERM bENEfITS

PoST–EMPLoYMENT bENEfITS

Cash salary 
and fees 
$

Cash bonus & 
incentives 
$

Non-monetary 
benefits 
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Termination 
benefits 
$

Share-based 
payments 
$

Total 
$

510,575

787,444

443,355

302,922

283,969

205,479

300,000

83,600

139,266

185,046

6,452

43,631

27,510

–

30,239

3,123

15,199

15,199

15,199

15,199

–

–

–

–

–

–

725,629

67,784

1,214,058

–

–

–

569,664

457,387

514,453

Subsequent to the conclusion of the 2011 financial year, the board, on the recommendation of the Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee, approved the granting of the following discretionary share rights:

a)  69,986 share rights to Mr Wharton, on 12 August 2011, the rights will vest in accordance with the TSR hurdles, outlined earlier in 

this report.

b)  185,519 share rights to Mr Leckie, on 20 September 2011, the rights will vest over three years, with one third vesting each year on the 

anniversary of the date the rights were granted, so long as Mr Leckie remains an employee of the Company.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    39

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

2010

Name

ShoRT–TERM bENEfITS

PoST–EMPLoYMENT bENEfITS

Cash salary 
and fees 
$

Cash bonus & 
incentives 
$

Non-monetary 
benefits 
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Termination 
benefits 
$

Share-based 
payments 
$

NoN–EXECUTIVE DIRECToRS of ThE CoMPANY

KM Stokes AC – Chairman

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

214,691

81,900

81,900

81,900

81,900

54,600

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

oThER KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL of ThE GRoUP 

DM bignold (viii)

253,587

(ii) 200,000

(vii) 25,320

RA billington

PJ bryant

bA McCarthy

LM Roche

CS Wharton

TL Garven (retired 6/11/09)

Pf Stevens (retired 30/11/09)

259,255

 (iii) 140,304

–

381,704

(iv) 125,339

(vii) 27,510

266,255

(v) 200,000

–

272,490

(vi) 188,004

(vii) 30,239

739,599

(iv) 333,466

128,423

112,916

–

–

–

–

(vii) 10,614

13,745

10,800

10,800

10,800

10,800

10,800

14,461

14,461

14,461

12,983

14,461

14,461

14,461

13,942

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(x) 57,054

(x) 154,897

Total 
$

300,000

120,000

120,000

120,000

120,000

120,000

493,368

414,020

549,014

479,238

505,194

(i) 71,564

(i) 27,300

(i) 27,300

(i) 27,300

(i) 27,300

(i) 54,600

–

–

–

–

–

(ix) –

1,087,526

–

–

199,938

292,369

Totals

3,011,120

1,187,113

93,683

181,436

211,951

235,364

4,920,667

(i)  Shares in the Company acquired on-market in terms of the Non-Executive Directors Share plan, approved by shareholders at the annual general 

meeting of the Company on 7 November 2002.

(ii)  STI being 89% of available STI (11% forfeited).
(iii)  STI being 69% of available STI (31% forfeited).
(iv)  STI being 87% of available STI (13% forfeited).
(v)  STI being 95% of available STI (5% forfeited).
(vi)  STI being 79% of available STI (21% forfeited).
(vii) Provision of motor vehicle.
(viii) Mr bignold commenced with the Group during the previous financial year and was appointed to the position of Sales Director on 1/8/09. Remuneration 

disclosed in this report is for the whole of the financial year ended 30/6/10.

(ix)  No share rights available under Mr Wharton’s LTI program were granted. Subsequent to the 2010 financial a discretionary granting of share rights was 

made to Mr Wharton – refer note below.

(x)  Termination benefits are determined by reference to the employee’s contractual entitlement. Amount does not include termination benefits accrued 

at 30/6/09 and paid during 2009/10.

Subsequent to the conclusion of the 2010 financial year, the board, on the recommendation of the Remuneration & Nomination 
Committee, approved a discretionary granting of 41,081 share rights to Mr Wharton on 3 August 2010. In making this discretionary 
allocation, the board considered the following items:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

The Group had been impacted by the Global financial Crisis and had performed very well, under the circumstances.
The Group’s reported net profit after tax was up 18% on internal budgets.
The Company share price was up 50%, compared to the prior year.
The Group had reduced net debt by 18%.
The CEo had successfully delivered significant change and improvement to the Group.

The share rights will vest in accordance with the TSR hurdles, outlined earlier in this report.

further information on remuneration of directors and other key management personnel is set out in the corporate governance 
statement and note 24 to the financial statements.

40

Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The relative proportions of total possible remuneration that are linked to performance and those that are fixed are as follows:

NAME

SEVEN WEST MEDIA LIMITED

DJ Leckie

CS Wharton

PJ bryant

KJ burnette

N Chan

PJ Lewis

bI McWilliam

TG Worner

fIXED REMUNERATIoN

AT RISK – STI  
(AT MAX)

AT RISK – LTI  
(AT MAX)

2011

2010

2011

2010

2011

2010 *

57%

44%

70%

65%

70%

51%

66%

60%

N/A

44%

75%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

43%

22%

30%

35%

30%

49%

34%

40%

43%

43%

43%

43%

–

–

N/A

22%

25%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

43%

43%

43%

43%

–

–

N/A

34%

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

–

–

–

–

–

N/A

34%

–

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

–

–

–

–

–

–

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL PRIoR To ThE ACqUISITIoN of SEVEN MEDIA GRoUP

DM bignold

RA billington

bA McCarthy

LM Roche

TL Garven (retired 6/11/09)

Pf Stevens (retired 30/11/09)

57%

57%

57%

57%

–

–

57%

57%

57%

57%

100%

100%

* 

The LTI plan for executives other than the chief executive officer was terminated on 1 July 2009.

further information on remuneration of directors and other key management personnel is set out in the corporate governance 
statement and note 24 to the financial statements.

C.  SERVICE AGREEMENTS

The terms of employment for the chief executive officer and managing director, and the other key management personnel of the Seven 
West Media Group, are formalised in employment contracts, the major provisions of which are set out below.

Chief executive officer and managing director and other key management personnel

Period of Notice Required to Terminate the Contract

Termination Benefits

Name

DJ Leckie

KJ burnette

N Chan

PJ Lewis

bI McWilliam

TG Worner

CS Wharton

PJ bryant

Duration 
of Contract

Three years

Three years

Three years

Three years

Three years

Three years

Six months’ notice given by either party after the fixed term.

Three months’ notice given by either party after the fixed term.

Three months’ notice given by either party after the fixed term.

Three months’ notice given by either party after the fixed term.

Three months’ notice given by either party after the fixed term.

No specified period.

open ended

one month’s notice.

open ended

one month’s notice.

{ Remainder 

of contract term, 
plus notice 
period, to a 
maximum of 
12 months

3 months

9 months

Seven West media – annual report 2011    41

 
Directors’ Report
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

D.  ShARE-bASED CoMPENSATIoN

a)  Executive and employee share plans

Prior to 2003, the Company offered plans for the purchase of shares in the Company by executives and employees. Details of the 
plans are as follows:
i)  West Australian Newspapers holdings Limited Executive Share Purchase and Loan Plan

This plan was approved at the annual general meeting of the Company on 9 october 1992. The operation of this plan has been 
suspended and no executives have been invited to apply for shares since 2002.

ii)  West Australian Newspapers holdings Limited Employee Share Plan

This plan was approved at the annual general meeting of the Company on 22 october 1993. The operation of the plan has been 
suspended and no employees have been invited to apply for shares since 2002.

b)  Non-executive directors share plan

Information regarding shares issued under the non-executive directors share plan can be found in sections A and b of the 
remuneration report on pages 34 to 40 and in note 32 to the financial statements.

Insurance of directors and officers

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring all directors and officers (including employees) 
of the Company and of related bodies corporate against certain liabilities specified in the contract. The contract prohibits disclosure of 
the nature of the liabilities insured and the amount of the premium.

Non-audit services

The Company may decide to employ the auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s expertise 
and experience with the Company and/or the Group are important.

The board of directors has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the audit committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations 
Act 2001. The directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services by the auditor did not compromise the auditor independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
• 

all non-audit services have been reviewed by the audit committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of the 
auditor;

•  none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor’s independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 

Professional Accountants.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 43.

Details of amounts paid or payable to the auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers, for audit and non-audit services provided during the year are 
set out in note 25 to the financial statements.

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in Class order 98/0100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating 
to the “rounding off” of amounts in the directors’ report. Amounts in the directors’ report have been rounded off in accordance with that 
Class order to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to the nearest dollar.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

KM Stokes AC 
Chairman

Perth, Western Australia 
20 September 2011

42

Auditor’s Independence Declaration
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

As lead auditor for the audit of Seven West Media Limited for the year ended 25 June 2011, I declare 
that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit; and 

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Seven West Media Limited and the entities it controlled during the 
period.  

DS Wiadrowski 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

20 September 2011 

.  
PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  
Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY  NSW  1171 
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Seven West media – annual report 2011    43

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Revenue

other income

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding program rights amortisation)

Advertising and marketing expenses

Printing, selling and distribution (including newsprint and paper)

Media content (including program rights amortisation)

Employee benefits expense

Raw materials and consumables used (excluding newsprint and paper)

Repairs and maintenance

Licence fees

Transaction costs

other expenses from ordinary activities

Share of net profit of equity accounted investees

Profit before net finance costs and income tax

finance income

finance costs

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Interest rate cash flow hedges

Income tax relating to components of other  comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company

Notes

4

4

5

7

13

6

6

8

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

725,691

408,691

73

(30,373)

(16,467)

(88,494)

(105,094)

(173,680)

(9,277)

(7,964)

(13,417)

(26,380)

(44,355)

7,304

468

(20,932)

(5,991)

(75,403)

(6,087)

(111,816)

(9,326)

(5,780)

-

-

(24,129)

3,869

217,567

153,564

6,569

(50,606)

(44,037)

483

(19,938)

(19,455)

173,530

134,109

(58,408)

(37,886)

115,122

96,223

720

(216)

504

3,334

(1,000)

2,334

115,626

98,557

basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

31

31

38.6 cents

37.5 cents

45.4 cents

45.0 cents

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

44

                        
         
           
                        
                     
                   
                        
          
            
          
               
          
            
        
               
        
          
             
               
             
               
          
                         
                        
          
          
            
                      
              
                
         
           
                        
              
                   
                        
          
            
          
            
         
           
                        
          
            
         
             
                  
                
                 
               
                  
                
         
             
                      
                      
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 25 JUNE 2011

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Program rights and inventories

other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Program rights and inventories

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Available-for-sale financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIAbILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Deferred income

borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Deferred income

borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EqUITY
Share capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Notes

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

9

10

11

12

11

13

14

15

16

8

17

18

19

20

17

18

19

20

8

21

22

118,567

315,515

127,697

6,633

568,412

1,544

346,815

777

282,081

3,862,939

25,244

4,519,400

5,087,812

339,952

62,107

19,708

136,000

9,718

567,485

62,073

15,267

5,438

1,926,070

-

2,008,848

2,576,333

2,511,479

12,065

54,452

13,123

3,253

82,893

-

11,228

777

213,523

132,869

-

358,397

441,290

15,278

13,644

1,962

-

6,434

37,318

547

950

-

261,000

10,924

273,421

310,739

130,551

2,489,061

126,520

159

22,259

(413)

4,444

2,511,479

130,551

Seven West media – annual report 2011    45

                        
         
             
                      
         
             
                      
         
             
                      
              
                
         
             
                      
              
                         
                      
         
             
                      
                  
                   
                      
         
           
                      
     
           
                        
            
                         
     
           
     
           
                      
         
             
                      
            
             
                      
            
                
                      
         
                         
              
                
         
             
                      
            
                   
                      
            
                   
                      
              
                         
                      
     
           
                        
                         
             
     
           
     
           
     
           
                      
     
           
                      
                  
                  
            
                
     
           
(Accumulated 
deficit)/ 
retained 
earnings

$'000

(30,399)

96,223

-

-

-

Total         

equity

$'000

67,803

96,223

3,334

(1,000)

2,334

96,223

98,557

-

-

(61,380)

(61,380)

1,128

24,443

(61,380)

(35,809)

$'000

149

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

149

4,444

130,551

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

115,122

115,122

-

-

-

720

(216)

504

115,122

115,626

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

387

24,136

951,063

250,000

1,153,795

(22,986)

1,354

4,792

(97,307)

(97,307)

68

68

217

-

68

(97,307)

2,265,302

22,259

2,511,479

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Cash flow 

Share      
capital

hedge 
Cash flow 
reserve
hedge reserve

Equity 
compensation 
reserve

Notes

Balance at 1 July 2009

Profit for the year

Cash flow hedge gains taken to equity

Income tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Proceeds relating to shares issued pursuant to the

executive and employee share plan

Dividend reinvestment plan share issues

Dividends paid

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 30 June 2010

Profit for the year

Cash flow hedge gains taken to equity

Income tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners

Proceeds relating to shares issued pursuant to the

executive and employee share plan

Dividend reinvestment plan share issues

Issue of ordinary shares related to business combination

Issue of convertible notes related to business combination

Proceeds from other issues of ordinary shares

Transaction costs arising on share issues

Current tax recognised directly in equity

Deferred tax recognised directly in equity

Dividends paid

Increase in share option reserve in respect of share

based payment expense

Total transactions with owners

Balance at 25 June 2011

$'000

100,949

-

-

-

-

-

21(a)

21(a)

23

1,128

24,443

-

25,571

126,520

-

-

-

-

-

21(a)

21(a)

21(a)

21(b)

21(a)

21(a)

21(a)

21(a)

23

387

24,136

951,063

250,000

1,153,795

(22,986)

1,354

4,792

-

-

2,362,541

2,489,061

$'000

(2,896)

-

3,334

(1,000)

2,334

2,334

-

-

-

-

(562)

-

720

(216)

504

504

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(58)

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

46

         
             
                      
              
            
                         
                         
                            
                 
             
                         
                
                            
                            
                
                         
               
                            
                            
               
                         
                
                            
                            
                
                         
                
                            
                 
             
                
                         
                            
                            
                
             
                         
                            
                            
             
                         
                         
                            
               
            
             
                         
                            
               
            
         
                 
                      
                  
         
                         
                         
                            
              
           
                         
                   
                            
                            
                   
                         
                  
                            
                            
                  
                         
                   
                            
                            
                   
                         
                   
                            
              
           
                   
                         
                            
                            
                   
             
                         
                            
                            
             
           
                         
                            
                            
           
           
                         
                            
                            
           
        
                         
                            
                            
        
            
                         
                            
                            
            
                
                         
                            
                            
                
                
                         
                            
                            
                
                         
                         
                            
               
            
                         
                         
                         
                            
                      
        
                         
                         
               
        
     
                   
                      
               
     
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

Notes

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

Cash flows related to operating activities

Receipts from customers

Payments to suppliers and employees

Dividends received from equity accounted investees

Interest and other items of similar nature received

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Income taxes paid

Net operating cash flows

Cash flows related to investing activities

Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment

Deposit paid for purchase of property

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for software

Cash acquired on acquisition of controlled entity

Net investing cash flows

Cash flows related to financing activities

Proceeds from issues of shares

Proceeds relating to shares issued pursuant to the executive and employee share purchase plans

Share issue costs

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Dividends paid

Net financing cash flows

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

859,398

(660,327)

6,166

6,098

(40,102)

(30,288)

447,216

(296,080)

4,250

483

(20,227)

(32,207)

140,945

103,435

33

15

16

29

21

(14,710)

(1,000)

246

(4,135)

65,881

46,282

1,153,795

387

(22,986)

73,000

(1,211,750)

(73,171)

(80,725)

106,502

12,065

9

118,567

(8,208)

-

394

(5,738)

-

(13,552)

-

1,128

-

176,000

(233,000)

(36,928)

(92,800)

(2,917)

14,982

12,065

Seven West media – annual report 2011    47

         
           
        
          
              
                
              
                   
          
            
          
            
                      
         
           
                      
          
               
             
                         
                  
                   
                      
             
               
                      
            
                         
            
            
     
                         
                  
                
                      
          
                         
            
           
    
          
          
            
          
            
         
               
            
             
                        
         
             
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES
1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this consolidated financial report are set out below.  These policies have been 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this consolidated financial report are set out below.  These policies have been 

consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.  The financial statements are for the Group consisting of Seven West Media
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.  The financial statements are for the Group consisting of Seven West Media
Limited (the “Company” or “Parent Entity”) and its subsidiaries.  Prior to 12 April 2011, the Group consisted of West Australian Newspapers holdings
Limited (the “Company” or “Parent Entity”) and its subsidiaries.  Prior to 12 April 2011, the Group consisted of West Australian Newspapers holdings
Limited and its subsidiaries.
Limited and its subsidiaries.

(a) basis of preparation
(A) bASIS of PREPARATIoN
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, other authoritative

pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards board, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards board, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.

Compliance with IFRS
Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated financial statements of the Seven West Media Limited Group also comply with International financial Reporting Standards (IfRS)
The consolidated financial statements of the Seven West Media Limited Group also comply with International financial Reporting Standards (IfRS)
as issued by the International Accounting Standards board (IASb).
as issued by the International Accounting Standards board (IASb).

Historical cost convention
Historical cost convention
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of derivative instruments 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of derivative instruments 
held at fair value.
held at fair value.

Critical accounting estimates
Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  It also requires management to exercise its 
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  It also requires management to exercise its 
judgement in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies.  The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas  
judgement in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies.  The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas  
where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed below.
where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed below.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related
actual results.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets within
actual results.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets within
the next financial year are discussed below.
the next financial year are discussed below.

Recoverable amounts of intangible assets
Recoverable amounts of intangible assets
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives have suffered any impairment in accordance with the
The Group tests annually whether goodwill and intangibles with indefinite useful lives have suffered any impairment in accordance with the
accounting policy stated in note 1(j).  The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations.
accounting policy stated in note 1(j).  The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value in use calculations.
These calculations require the use of assumptions.  Refer to note 16 for details of these assumptions.
These calculations require the use of assumptions.  Refer to note 16 for details of these assumptions.

Other assets
Other assets
The Group also tests other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
The Group also tests other assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable.
recoverable.

Comparatives
Comparatives
Comparative information is reclassified where appropriate to enhance comparability.
Comparative information is reclassified where appropriate to enhance comparability.

(b) PRINCIPLES of CoNSoLIDATIoN
(b) Principles of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
(i) Subsidiaries
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Seven West Media Limited as at 25 June 2011 and
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Seven West Media Limited as at 25 June 2011 and
the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended. Seven West Media Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial report
the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended. Seven West Media Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in this financial report
as the “Group.”
as the “Group.”

Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a 
Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a 
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.  The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or
shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights.  The existence and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or
convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.
convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity.

48

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(b) Principles of consolidation (continued)
(b) PRINCIPLES of CoNSoLIDATIoN (CoNTINUED)
(i) Subsidiaries (continued)
(i) Subsidiaries (continued)
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.  They are deconsolidated from the date that control
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.  They are deconsolidated from the date that control
ceases.
ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group (refer to note 1(i)).
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group (refer to note 1(i)).

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.  Unrealised losses are also 
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.  Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.  Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been  
eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.  Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been  
changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, statement of
Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated income statement, statement of
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position respectively.
comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of financial position respectively.

(ii) Associates and jointly controlled entities
(ii) Associates and jointly controlled entities
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20
per cent and 50 per cent of the voting rights.  Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the Company has joint control,
per cent and 50 per cent of the voting rights.  Jointly controlled entities are those entities over whose activities the Company has joint control,
established by contractual agreement and requiring unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.  Investments in associates
established by contractual agreement and requiring unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.  Investments in associates
and jointly controlled entities are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting (equity accounted
and jointly controlled entities are accounted for in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting (equity accounted
investees), after initially being recognised at cost.  The Group’s investment in equity accounted investees includes goodwill (net of any accumulated
investees), after initially being recognised at cost.  The Group’s investment in equity accounted investees includes goodwill (net of any accumulated
impairment loss) identified on acquisition.
impairment loss) identified on acquisition.

The Group’s share of its equity accounted investees’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit or loss, its share of associates’ post-
The Group’s share of its equity accounted investees’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in profit or loss, its share of associates’ post-
acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves and its share of jointly controlled entities’ post-acquisition movements in reserves is
acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves and its share of jointly controlled entities’ post-acquisition movements in reserves is
recognised in other comprehensive income.  The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the
recognised in other comprehensive income.  The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the
investment.  Dividends receivable from equity accounted investees are recognised in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction in the
investment.  Dividends receivable from equity accounted investees are recognised in the consolidated financial statements as a reduction in the
carrying amount of the investment.
carrying amount of the investment.

When the Group's share of losses equals or exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, 
When the Group's share of losses equals or exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, including any other unsecured long-term receivables, 
the Group does not recognise  further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.
the Group does not recognise  further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its equity accounted investees are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its equity accounted investees are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the
investee.  Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.  Accounting
investee.  Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.  Accounting
policies of equity accounted investees have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
policies of equity accounted investees have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(C) SEGMENT REPoRTING
(c) Segment reporting
operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision makers. The chief 
operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision makers. The chief 

operating decision makers, responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, have been identified as
operating decision makers, responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, have been identified as
the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and other relevant members of the  executive team.
the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and other relevant members of the  executive team.

(d) foreign currency translation
(D) foREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATIoN
(i) Functional and presentation currency
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the entity operates ('the functional currency').  The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Group’s 
which the entity operates ('the functional currency').  The consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the Group’s 
presentation currency.
presentation currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances
(ii) Transactions and balances
foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.  
foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.  
foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of
foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when they are deferred in equity as
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when they are deferred in equity as
qualifying cash flow hedges.
qualifying cash flow hedges.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    49

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(e) Revenue recognition
(E) REVENUE RECoGNITIoN
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of commissions, discounts, 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of commissions, discounts, 
rebates, returns, trade allowances and duties and taxes paid. The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, 
rebates, returns, trade allowances and duties and taxes paid. The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, 
it is probable the future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group's activities as described 
it is probable the future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria have been met for each of the Group's activities as described 
below. The amount of revenue is not considered to be reliably measurable until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved.
below. The amount of revenue is not considered to be reliably measurable until all contingencies relating to the sale have been resolved.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:
Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows:

(i) Advertising
(i) Advertising
Revenue is recognised when the advertisement has been published or broadcast.
Revenue is recognised when the advertisement has been published or broadcast.

(ii) Circulation  and  commercial  printing
(ii) Circulation  and  commercial  printing
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the buyer.
Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the buyer.

(iii) Program sales
(iii) Program sales
Program sales revenue is recognised upon delivery of episodes to the buyer. Affiliate revenue is recognised as it is accrued.
Program sales revenue is recognised upon delivery of episodes to the buyer. Affiliate revenue is recognised as it is accrued.

(iv) Government grants
(iv) Government grants
Government grants are recognised initially in the statement of financial position as deferred income when there is reasonable assurance that the 
Government grants are recognised initially in the statement of financial position as deferred income when there is reasonable assurance that the 

grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with.
grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with.

When the grant relates to the reimbursement of an expense item, it is recognised in profit or loss over the periods necessary to match the costs
When the grant relates to the reimbursement of an expense item, it is recognised in profit or loss over the periods necessary to match the costs

that it is intended to compensate.
that it is intended to compensate.

When the grant relates to the cost of an asset, the amount received is credited to a deferred income account and is released to profit or loss over
When the grant relates to the cost of an asset, the amount received is credited to a deferred income account and is released to profit or loss over
the lifetime of the asset on a systematic basis. 
the lifetime of the asset on a systematic basis. 

(v) Rendering  of  services
(v) Rendering  of  services
Revenue is recognised when the service has been performed.
Revenue is recognised when the service has been performed.

(vi) Rents
(vi) Rents
Rents are recognised on a time proportion basis.
Rents are recognised on a time proportion basis.

(vii) Dividends
(vii) Dividends
Dividends are recognised when the right to receive payment is established.
Dividends are recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

(f) fINANCE INCoME AND CoSTS
(f) finance income and costs
Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis that takes into account the effective yield on the asset.
Interest revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis that takes into account the effective yield on the asset.

borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and
borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and
prepare the asset for its intended use.  other borrowing costs are expensed.
prepare the asset for its intended use.  other borrowing costs are expensed.

(G) INCoME TAX
(g) Income tax
The income tax expense for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate adjusted 
The income tax expense for the year is the tax payable on the current year’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate adjusted 

by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.
by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  however, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial 
and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  however, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial 
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit or loss.  Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the
nor taxable profit or loss.  Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the
reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
reporting date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

50

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(g) Income tax (continued)
(G) INCoME TAX (CoNTINUED)
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts
will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.  Management have determined that deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities 
will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.  Management have determined that deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities 
associated with intangibles that have an indefinite useful life, such as mastheads, should be measured based on the tax consequences that would
associated with intangibles that have an indefinite useful life, such as mastheads, should be measured based on the tax consequences that would
follow from the sale of that asset.  Deferred tax assets are only booked where recovery of that asset is probable.
follow from the sale of that asset.  Deferred tax assets are only booked where recovery of that asset is probable.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in 
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in 
controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the 
controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current assets and liabilities and when the deferred 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current assets and liabilities and when the deferred 
tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to 
tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to 
offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Tax consolidation
Tax consolidation
The Company is a member of the tax consolidated group of which Seven West Media Limited is the head entity. The tax consolidated group includes,
The Company is a member of the tax consolidated group of which Seven West Media Limited is the head entity. The tax consolidated group includes,
among other entities, all the Australian wholly-owned subsidiaries set out in note 30.  The Company became a member of the Seven West Media
among other entities, all the Australian wholly-owned subsidiaries set out in note 30.  The Company became a member of the Seven West Media
Limited tax consolidated group on 12 April 2011.  Prior to 12 April 2011, the Company was a member of a tax consolidated group of which West
Limited tax consolidated group on 12 April 2011.  Prior to 12 April 2011, the Company was a member of a tax consolidated group of which West
Australian Newspapers holdings Limited was the head entity.
Australian Newspapers holdings Limited was the head entity.

Current tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the tax-consolidated 
Current tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the tax-consolidated 
group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using the group allocation approach by 
group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidated group using the group allocation approach by 
reference to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax 
reference to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax 
consolidation.
consolidation.

Any current tax liabilities (or assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the Company or its subsidiaries are ultimately assumed 
Any current tax liabilities (or assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the Company or its subsidiaries are ultimately assumed 
by the head entity in the tax consolidated group and are recognised as amounts payable/(receivable) to/(from) other entities in the tax consolidated 
by the head entity in the tax consolidated group and are recognised as amounts payable/(receivable) to/(from) other entities in the tax consolidated 
group in conjunction with any tax funding arrangement amounts (refer below).
group in conjunction with any tax funding arrangement amounts (refer below).

Nature of tax funding arrangements
Nature of tax funding arrangements
The head entity, in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidated group, has entered into a tax funding arrangement which sets out the 
The head entity, in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidated group, has entered into a tax funding arrangement which sets out the 
funding obligations of members of the tax-consolidated group in respect of tax amounts. The tax funding arrangements require payments to the
funding obligations of members of the tax-consolidated group in respect of tax amounts. The tax funding arrangements require payments to the
head entity equal to the current tax liability assumed by the head entity resulting in a related party payable to the head entity equal in amount to
head entity equal to the current tax liability assumed by the head entity resulting in a related party payable to the head entity equal in amount to
the current tax liability assumed. This related party balance is at call.
the current tax liability assumed. This related party balance is at call.

Contributions to fund the current tax liabilities are payable as per the tax funding arrangement and reflect the timing of the head entity’s obligation 
Contributions to fund the current tax liabilities are payable as per the tax funding arrangement and reflect the timing of the head entity’s obligation 
to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant tax authorities.
to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant tax authorities.

Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a
Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding agreement are recognised as a
contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.
contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

(h) Leases
(h) LEASES
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases (note 27).
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases (note 27).

Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit and loss on a straight-line basis over
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to profit and loss on a straight-line basis over
the period of the lease.
the period of the lease.

Lease income from operating leases, where the Group is a lessor, is recognised in income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Lease income from operating leases, where the Group is a lessor, is recognised in income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(I) ACqUISITIoN of ASSETS AND bUSINESS CoMbINATIoNS 
(i) Acquisition of assets and business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are
acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred
acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred

Seven West media – annual report 2011    51

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(i) Acquisition of assets and business combinations (continued)
(I) ACqUISITIoN of ASSETS AND bUSINESS CoMbINATIoNS (CoNTINUED)
and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a
and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a
contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed
contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-related costs are expensed
as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions,
as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with limited exceptions,
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.  on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling
measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.  on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling
interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.
interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any 
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any 
previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.  If
previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.  If
those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been
those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been
reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as  a bargain purchase.
reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in profit or loss as  a bargain purchase.

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the
date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained
date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained
from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.
from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability.  Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured 
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability.  Amounts classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured 
to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

(j) Impairment of assets
(J) IMPAIRMENT of ASSETS
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or more 
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment, or more 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.  other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.  other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and
value in use.
value in use.

for the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are 
for the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units).  Non-financial assets other than goodwill 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units).  Non-financial assets other than goodwill 
that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

(k) Cash and cash equivalents
(K) CASh AND CASh EqUIVALENTS
for cash flow statement presentation purposes, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and deposits held at call with financial institutions.
for cash flow statement presentation purposes, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and deposits held at call with financial institutions.

(l) Trade receivables
(L) TRADE RECEIVAbLES
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment.  Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30-90 days.
provision for impairment.  Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30-90 days.

The collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis.  Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off by reducing the
The collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis.  Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off by reducing the
carrying amounts directly.  A provision for impairment of trade receivables is used when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able
carrying amounts directly.  A provision for impairment of trade receivables is used when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able
to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables.  Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor
to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables.  Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor
will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments (not settled within the terms and conditions that have
will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments (not settled within the terms and conditions that have
been agreed with the relevant customer) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.   The amount of the provision is the
been agreed with the relevant customer) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.   The amount of the provision is the
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest
difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest
rate.  Cash flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial.
rate.  Cash flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial.

The amount of the impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss in other expenses.  When a trade receivable for which a provision for impairment 
The amount of the impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss in other expenses.  When a trade receivable for which a provision for impairment 
had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against the provision.  Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
had been recognised becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written off against the provision.  Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against other expenses in profit or loss.
previously written off are credited against other expenses in profit or loss.

52

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(m) Program rights
(M) PRoGRAM RIGhTS

Television program rights are carried at the lower of cost less amortisation and net recoverable amount. Cost comprises acquisition of program
Television program rights are carried at the lower of cost less amortisation and net recoverable amount. Cost comprises acquisition of program

rights and, for programs produced using the Group’s facilities, direct labour and materials and directly attributable fixed and variable overheads.
rights and, for programs produced using the Group’s facilities, direct labour and materials and directly attributable fixed and variable overheads.

Recognition
Recognition
Television program assets and program liabilities are recognised from the commencement of the rights period of the contract. Contract payments 
Television program assets and program liabilities are recognised from the commencement of the rights period of the contract. Contract payments 
made prior to commencement of the rights period are disclosed as a prepayment and included under television program rights and inventories.
made prior to commencement of the rights period are disclosed as a prepayment and included under television program rights and inventories.

Amortisation policy
Amortisation policy
The Group’s amortisation policy requires the amortisation of purchased programs on a straight line basis over a life of one year from commencement 
The Group’s amortisation policy requires the amortisation of purchased programs on a straight line basis over a life of one year from commencement 
of the rights period or over the rights period of the contract (whichever is the lesser). Produced programs are expensed on telecast or in full on the 
of the rights period or over the rights period of the contract (whichever is the lesser). Produced programs are expensed on telecast or in full on the 
twelfth month after completion period.
twelfth month after completion period.

(n) Inventories
(N) INVENToRIES
finished goods, raw materials and stores are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  Cost comprises expenditure incurred in acquiring
finished goods, raw materials and stores are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  Cost comprises expenditure incurred in acquiring

the inventories, direct labour and materials, directly attributable fixed and variable overheads and may also include the transfer from other
the inventories, direct labour and materials, directly attributable fixed and variable overheads and may also include the transfer from other
comprehensive income of any gains or losses on qualifying cash flow hedges relating to foreign currency purchases of inventory.  Costs are
comprehensive income of any gains or losses on qualifying cash flow hedges relating to foreign currency purchases of inventory.  Costs are
assigned to individual items of inventory, generally on the basis of first-in first-out.  Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the
assigned to individual items of inventory, generally on the basis of first-in first-out.  Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.
ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

(o) Investments and other financial assets
(o) INVESTMENTS AND oThER fINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:

(i) Loans and receivables
(i) Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.  They arise
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.  They arise
when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the receivable.  They are included in current
when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of selling the receivable.  They are included in current
assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting period which are classified as non-current assets.  Loans and
assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting period which are classified as non-current assets.  Loans and
receivables are included in receivables in the statement of financial position. Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective
receivables are included in receivables in the statement of financial position. Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the effective
interest method.
interest method.

(ii) Available-for-sale financial assets
(ii) Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative assets and include investments in equity securities in  which the Group does not have significant
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative assets and include investments in equity securities in  which the Group does not have significant
influence or control.  They are included in non-current assets  unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the end
influence or control.  They are included in non-current assets  unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the end
of the reporting period.
of the reporting period.

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, being the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the
Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, being the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the
asset. financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit and loss, are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. financial
asset. financial assets, other than those at fair value through profit and loss, are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. financial
assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has
assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has
transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value or cost if fair value cannot be reliably measured.  Unrealised gains and losses
Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value or cost if fair value cannot be reliably measured.  Unrealised gains and losses
arising from changes in their fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income.
arising from changes in their fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income.

When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in other comprehensive income are
When securities classified as available-for-sale are sold, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognised in other comprehensive income are
included in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.
included in profit or loss as gains and losses from investment securities.

The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices.  If the market for a financial asset is not active (and for unlisted securities),
The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices.  If the market for a financial asset is not active (and for unlisted securities),
the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.  These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions,  reference to other 
the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques.  These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions,  reference to other 
instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models making  maximum  use of market inputs
instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models making  maximum  use of market inputs
and relying as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
and relying as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    53

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(o) Investments and other financial assets (continued)
(o) INVESTMENTS AND oThER fINANCIAL ASSETS (CoNTINUED)
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is 
The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is 
impaired.  In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its 
impaired.  In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of a security below its 
cost is considered in determining whether the security is impaired.  If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets,  the  cumulative 
cost is considered in determining whether the security is impaired.  If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets,  the  cumulative 
loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial  asset previously
loss - measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial  asset previously
recognised in profit or loss - is reclassified from equity and recognised in profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.  Impairment losses
recognised in profit or loss - is reclassified from equity and recognised in profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.  Impairment losses
recognised in profit or loss on equity instruments  classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through profit or loss.
recognised in profit or loss on equity instruments  classified as available-for-sale are not reversed through profit or loss.

If there is evidence of impairment for any of the Group's financial assets carried at amortised cost, the loss is measured as the difference between
If there is evidence of impairment for any of the Group's financial assets carried at amortised cost, the loss is measured as the difference between
the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred.
the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred.
The cash flows are discounted at the financial asset's original effective interest rate. The loss is  recognised in profit or loss.
The cash flows are discounted at the financial asset's original effective interest rate. The loss is  recognised in profit or loss.

(p) Derivatives and hedging activities
(P) DERIVATIVES AND hEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Group is party to derivative financial instruments on recognised liabilities in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to
The Group is party to derivative financial instruments on recognised liabilities in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges.
fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.  These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value 
at the end of each reporting period.  The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship  between hedging instruments and
at the end of each reporting period.  The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship  between hedging instruments and
hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  The Group also documents its
hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  The Group also documents its
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will
continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.  The fair values of derivative financial instruments  designated
continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.  The fair values of derivative financial instruments  designated
as cash flow hedges are disclosed in note 17.  Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in the statement of changes in
as cash flow hedges are disclosed in note 17.  Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in the statement of changes in
equity.  The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item
equity.  The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item
(i.e. cash flows) is more than 12 months;  it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than
(i.e. cash flows) is more than 12 months;  it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than
12 months.
12 months.

The gain or loss from re-measuring the hedging instruments to fair value is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a
The gain or loss from re-measuring the hedging instruments to fair value is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a
hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective, and is recognised in profit or loss within finance costs when the hedged interest expense
hedging reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective, and is recognised in profit or loss within finance costs when the hedged interest expense
is recognised.
is recognised.

The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative
gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or
gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or
loss.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified
loss.  When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified
to profit or loss.
to profit or loss.

(q) financial guarantee contracts
(q) fINANCIAL GUARANTEE CoNTRACTS
financial guarantee contracts are recognised as a financial liability at the time the guarantee is issued.   The liability is initially measured at fair value
financial guarantee contracts are recognised as a financial liability at the time the guarantee is issued.   The liability is initially measured at fair value
and subsequently at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with AASb 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets  and
and subsequently at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with AASb 137 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets  and
the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.
the amount initially recognised less cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under 
The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under 
the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third
the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third
party for assuming the obligations.
party for assuming the obligations.

(r) Property, plant and equipment
(R) PRoPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPMENT
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost to the Group less depreciation.  historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost to the Group less depreciation.  historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 

attributable to the acquisition of the items.
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

54

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(R) PRoPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPMENT (CoNTINUED)
(r) Property, plant and equipment (continued)
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any 
economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any 
component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when replaced.  All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during 
component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognised when replaced.  All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during 
the reporting period in which they are incurred.
the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost, net of their residual
values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
values, over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

buildings
buildings
Leasehold improvements
Leasehold improvements
Printing presses and publishing equipment
Printing presses and publishing equipment
other plant and equipment
other plant and equipment

40 years
40 years
40 years
40 years
15 years
15 years
3-10 years
3-10 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount 
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount 
is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (note 1(j)).
is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (note 1(j)).
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profit or loss.

(s) Intangible assets
(S) INTANGIbLE ASSETS
(i) Goodwill
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired 

subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity at the date of acquisition.  Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets.
subsidiary, associate or jointly controlled entity at the date of acquisition.  Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets.

Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and jointly controlled entities is included in investments in associates and jointly controlled entities. Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisitions of associates and jointly controlled entities is included in investments in associates and jointly controlled entities. Goodwill

is not amortised.  Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might
is not amortised.  Instead, goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might

be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the  carrying amount
be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the  carrying amount

of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.  The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.  The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or

groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, identified according
groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, identified according

to operating segments (note 3).
to operating segments (note 3).

(ii) Newspaper mastheads and radio licenses
(ii) Newspaper mastheads and radio licenses
The newspaper mastheads and radio licences of the Group are considered by the directors to be identifiable intangible assets.  The carrying amounts
The newspaper mastheads and radio licences of the Group are considered by the directors to be identifiable intangible assets.  The carrying amounts
of these assets are not amortised as the directors have determined them to have indefinite useful lives. Instead, newspaper mastheads and radio
of these assets are not amortised as the directors have determined them to have indefinite useful lives. Instead, newspaper mastheads and radio
licences are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Newspaper mastheads
licences are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Newspaper mastheads
and radio licences are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
and radio licences are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

(iii) Magazine mastheads 
(iii) Magazine mastheads 
The magazine mastheads are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  No amortisation is provided against the carrying amount as the
The magazine mastheads are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  No amortisation is provided against the carrying amount as the
directors believe that the lives of these assets are indefinite.  Instead, magazine mastheads are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there
directors believe that the lives of these assets are indefinite.  Instead, magazine mastheads are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there
is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Magazines mastheads are carried at cost.
is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Magazines mastheads are carried at cost.

(iv) Magazine licences 
(iv) Magazine licences 
The magazine licences are carried at the cost of acquisition less accumulated impairment losses and are amortised on a straight-line basis over the
The magazine licences are carried at the cost of acquisition less accumulated impairment losses and are amortised on a straight-line basis over the
period of the licences ranging from eight to 25 years.
period of the licences ranging from eight to 25 years.

(v) Television licences
(v) Television licences
The television licences are renewable every five years under the provisions of the broadcasting Services Act 1992.  The directors have no reason to

believe that they will not be renewed.  Television licences are considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortisation is charged.  Instead,
The television licences are renewable every five years under the provisions of the broadcasting Services Act 1992.  The directors have no reason to

television licences are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Television 
believe that they will not be renewed.  Television licences are considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortisation is charged.  Instead,

television licences are tested for impairment annually, or whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired - refer note 1(j).  Television 

Seven West media – annual report 2011    55

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(S) INTANGIbLE ASSETS (CoNTINUED)
(s) Intangible assets (continued)
(v) Television licences (continued)
(v) Television licences (continued)
licences are carried at cost.
licences are carried at cost.

(vi) Program copyrights
(vi) Program copyrights
Program copyrights are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses and are amortised on a straight line basis over the period of the rights.
Program copyrights are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses and are amortised on a straight line basis over the period of the rights.

(vii) Computer software
(vii) Computer software
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring software and licences that will contribute to future period
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring software and licences that will contribute to future period
financial benefits through revenue generation and/or cost reduction are capitalised to software and systems.  Cost capitalised include external
financial benefits through revenue generation and/or cost reduction are capitalised to software and systems.  Cost capitalised include external
direct costs of materials and service.  Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over periods generally ranging from three to ten years.
direct costs of materials and service.  Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis over periods generally ranging from three to ten years.

(T) TRADE AND oThER PAYAbLES
(t) Trade and other payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid.  The amounts
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid.  The amounts

are unsecured and are usually paid within 30-60 days of recognition.
are unsecured and are usually paid within 30-60 days of recognition.

(U) boRRoWINGS
(u) borrowings

borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.  borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost.  Any
borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.  borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost.  Any

difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the

borrowings using the effective interest method. Any related accrued interest is included in trade creditors and accruals.
borrowings using the effective interest method. Any related accrued interest is included in trade creditors and accruals.

borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months
borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months

after the reporting period.
after the reporting period.

(V) PRoVISIoNS
(v) Provisions

Provisions for libel and legal claims against the Group are recognised when it has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 
Provisions for libel and legal claims against the Group are recognised when it has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 

it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated.  Provisions 
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated.  Provisions 

are not recognised for future operating losses.
are not recognised for future operating losses.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end 
Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end 

of the reporting period.  The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
of the reporting period.  The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time

value of money and the risks specific to the liability.  The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.
value of money and the risks specific to the liability.  The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.

A make-good provision is recognised for the costs of restoration or removal in relation to property, plant and equipment where there is a legal or
A make-good provision is recognised for the costs of restoration or removal in relation to property, plant and equipment where there is a legal or
constructive obligation. The provision is initially recorded when a reliable estimate can be determined and is discounted to its present value. 
constructive obligation. The provision is initially recorded when a reliable estimate can be determined and is discounted to its present value. 
The unwinding of the effect of discounting on the provision is recognised as a finance cost.
The unwinding of the effect of discounting on the provision is recognised as a finance cost.

(W) EMPLoYEE bENEfITS
(w) Employee benefits
(i) Short-term obligations
(i) Short-term obligations
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the

period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period
period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period

and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  The liability for annual leave is recognised in the provision
and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  The liability for annual leave is recognised in the provision

for employee benefits.  Sick leave is recognised in profit or loss when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid.
for employee benefits.  Sick leave is recognised in profit or loss when the leave is taken and measured at the rates paid.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render
The liability for long service leave which is not expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render
the related service is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be
the related service is recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be
made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method.  Consideration
made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting period using the projected unit credit method.  Consideration
is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service.  Expected future payments are
is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service.  Expected future payments are

56

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(W) EMPLoYEE bENEfITS (CoNTINUED)
(w) Employee benefits (continued)
(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations (continued)
(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations (continued)
discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match,
discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match,

as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

(iii) Share-based payments
(iii) Share-based payments

Share-based compensation benefits are provided to executives and employees in accordance with the Company's share purchase and loan
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to executives and employees in accordance with the Company's share purchase and loan

plans and employment agreements.  Information relating to these plans is set out in note 32.
plans and employment agreements.  Information relating to these plans is set out in note 32.

The fair value of the rights granted is recognised as an employee benefits expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to
The fair value of the rights granted is recognised as an employee benefits expense with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to

be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the rights granted, which includes any market performance conditions but excludes
be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the rights granted, which includes any market performance conditions but excludes

the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions.
the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions and the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest.  The total expense is
Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of rights that are expected to vest.  The total expense is

recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.  At the end of
recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.  At the end of

each period, the entity revises its estimate of the number of rights that are expected to vest based on the non-marketing vesting conditions.
each period, the entity revises its estimate of the number of rights that are expected to vest based on the non-marketing vesting conditions.

It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

(iv) Short term incentives and bonus plans
(iv) Short term incentives and bonus plans

A liability for employee benefits in the form of short term incentives and bonus plans is recognised in the provision for employee benefits when
A liability for employee benefits in the form of short term incentives and bonus plans is recognised in the provision for employee benefits when

there are formal terms in the plan for determining the amount of the benefit
there are formal terms in the plan for determining the amount of the benefit

there is no realistic alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the following conditions is met:
there is no realistic alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the following conditions is met:
-
-
-
-
-
-
Liabilities for short term incentives and bonus plans are expected to be settled within 12 months and are measured at the amounts expected
Liabilities for short term incentives and bonus plans are expected to be settled within 12 months and are measured at the amounts expected

the amounts to be paid are determined before the time of completion of the financial report, or
the amounts to be paid are determined before the time of completion of the financial report, or

past practice gives clear evidence of the amount of the obligation.
past practice gives clear evidence of the amount of the obligation.

to be paid when they are settled.
to be paid when they are settled.

(v) Termination benefits
(v) Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary

redundancy in exchange for these benefits.  The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating
redundancy in exchange for these benefits.  The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating
the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing termination benefits as
the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or providing termination benefits as
a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.  benefits falling due more then 12 months after the end of the reporting period
a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.  benefits falling due more then 12 months after the end of the reporting period
are discounted to present value.
are discounted to present value.

(vi) Superannuation
(vi) Superannuation

Contributions made by the Company to defined contribution employee superannuation funds are charged to profit or loss in the period employees' 
Contributions made by the Company to defined contribution employee superannuation funds are charged to profit or loss in the period employees' 

services are provided.
services are provided.

(x) Share capital
(X) ShARE CAPITAL

ordinary shares and convertible preference shares  are classified as equity (for information on ordinary shares and convertible preference shares,
ordinary shares and convertible preference shares  are classified as equity (for information on ordinary shares and convertible preference shares,

refer to note 21). Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from
refer to note 21). Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from
the proceeds.
the proceeds.

(y) Dividends
(Y) DIVIDENDS
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or

before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.
before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    57

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(Z) EARNINGS PER ShARE
(z) Earnings per share
(i) Basic earnings per share
(i) Basic earnings per share
basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by the weighted average
basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year.
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year.

(ii) Diluted earnings per share
(ii) Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax
effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of additional

ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of additional

ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.
(AA) GooDS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)
(aa) Goods and Services Tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation 
authority.  In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.  Receivables and payables are

stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable.  The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is
authority.  In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.  Receivables and payables are

included with other receivables or payables in the balance sheet.
stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable.  The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is

included with other receivables or payables in the balance sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable 

from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flows.
Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable 

from, or payable to the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flows.
(Ab) RoUNDING of AMoUNTS
(ab) Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in Class order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the 

The Company is of a kind referred to in Class order 98/100, issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, relating to the 
"rounding off" of amounts in the financial statements.  Amounts in the financial statements have been rounded off in accordance with that 

"rounding off" of amounts in the financial statements.  Amounts in the financial statements have been rounded off in accordance with that 
Class order to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

Class order to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

(AC) NEW ACCoUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIoNS
(ac) New accounting standards and interpretations
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 25 June 2011 reporting period. The 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 25 June 2011 reporting period. The 
Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below.
Group's assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below.

AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 and

AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 and
AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 (December 2010)  (effective from 1 January 2013).

AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 (December 2010)  (effective from 1 January 2013).
AASb 9 financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities.  The
AASb 9 financial Instruments addresses the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities.  The
standard is not applicable until 1 January 2013 but is available for early adoption.  When adopted, the standard will affect in particular the
standard is not applicable until 1 January 2013 but is available for early adoption.  When adopted, the standard will affect in particular the
Group’s accounting for its available-for-sale financial assets, since AASb 9 only permits the recognition of fair value gains and losses in

Group’s accounting for its available-for-sale financial assets, since AASb 9 only permits the recognition of fair value gains and losses in
other comprehensive income if they relate to equity investments that are not held for trading.  fair value gains and losses on

other comprehensive income if they relate to equity investments that are not held for trading.  fair value gains and losses on
available-for-sale debt investments, for example, will therefore have to be recognised directly in profit or loss.  No such gains or losses

available-for-sale debt investments, for example, will therefore have to be recognised directly in profit or loss.  No such gains or losses
were recorded in other comprehensive income in the current reporting period.  There will be no impact on the group’s accounting for

were recorded in other comprehensive income in the current reporting period.  There will be no impact on the group’s accounting for
financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the accounting for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through

financial liabilities, as the new requirements only affect the accounting for financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through
profit or loss and the group does not have any such liabilities. The derecognition rules have been transferred from AASB 139 Financial

profit or loss and the group does not have any such liabilities. The derecognition rules have been transferred from AASB 139 Financial
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement  and have not been changed.  The Group has not yet decided when to adopt AASb 9.

Instruments: Recognition and Measurement  and have not been changed.  The Group has not yet decided when to adopt AASb 9.

Revised AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures and AASB 2009-12 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards

Revised AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures and AASB 2009-12 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards
(effective from 1 January 2011).  In December 2009 the AASb issued a revised AASb 124 Related Party Disclosures. It is effective for accounting

(effective from 1 January 2011).  In December 2009 the AASb issued a revised AASb 124 Related Party Disclosures. It is effective for accounting
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011 and must be applied retrospectively. The amendment clarifies and simplifies the definition of a

periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011 and must be applied retrospectively. The amendment clarifies and simplifies the definition of a
related party and removes the requirement for government-related entities to disclose details of all transactions with the government and

related party and removes the requirement for government-related entities to disclose details of all transactions with the government and
other government-related entities.  The Group will apply the amended standard from 26 June 2011. When the amendments are applied, the

other government-related entities.  The Group will apply the amended standard from 26 June 2011. When the amendments are applied, the
Group will need to disclose any transactions between its subsidiaries and its associates.  however, there will be no impact on any of the

Group will need to disclose any transactions between its subsidiaries and its associates.  however, there will be no impact on any of the
amounts recognised in the financial statements.

amounts recognised in the financial statements.

(i)
(i)

(ii)

(ii)

58

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

1. SUMMARY of SIGNIfICANT ACCoUNTING PoLICIES (CoNTINUED)
(AC) NEW ACCoUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIoNS (CoNTINUED)
(ac) New accounting standards and interpretations (continued)
(iii)
(iii)

AASB 2009-14 Amendments to Australian Interpretation – Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement  (effective from 1 January 2011).
AASB 2009-14 Amendments to Australian Interpretation – Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement  (effective from 1 January 2011).
In December 2009, the AASb made an amendment to Interpretation 14 The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and
In December 2009, the AASb made an amendment to Interpretation 14 The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and
their Interaction . The amendment removes an unintended consequence of the interpretation related to voluntary prepayments when there
their Interaction . The amendment removes an unintended consequence of the interpretation related to voluntary prepayments when there
is a minimum funding requirement in regard to the entity's defined benefit scheme. It permits entities to recognise an asset for a prepayment
is a minimum funding requirement in regard to the entity's defined benefit scheme. It permits entities to recognise an asset for a prepayment
of contributions made to cover minimum funding requirements.  The Group does not make any such prepayments. The amendment is
of contributions made to cover minimum funding requirements.  The Group does not make any such prepayments. The amendment is
therefore not expected to have any impact on the Group's financial statements. The Group intends to apply the amendment from 26 June 2011.
therefore not expected to have any impact on the Group's financial statements. The Group intends to apply the amendment from 26 June 2011.

(iv)
(iv)

(v)
(v)

(vi)
(vi)

AASB 1053 Application of Tiers of Australian Accounting Standards and AASB 2010-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards
AASB 1053 Application of Tiers of Australian Accounting Standards and AASB 2010-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards
arising from Reduced Disclosure Requirements  (effective from 1 July 2013).  on 30 June 2010 the AASb officially introduced a revised
arising from Reduced Disclosure Requirements  (effective from 1 July 2013).  on 30 June 2010 the AASb officially introduced a revised
differential reporting framework in Australia.  Under this framework, a two-tier differential reporting regime applies to all entities that
differential reporting framework in Australia.  Under this framework, a two-tier differential reporting regime applies to all entities that
prepare general purpose financial statements.  Seven West Media Limited is listed on the ASX and is not eligible to adopt the new Australian
prepare general purpose financial statements.  Seven West Media Limited is listed on the ASX and is not eligible to adopt the new Australian
Accounting Standards – Reduced Disclosure Requirements.  The two standards will therefore have no impact on the financial statements
Accounting Standards – Reduced Disclosure Requirements.  The two standards will therefore have no impact on the financial statements
of the Entity.
of the Entity.

AASB 2010-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosures on Transfers of Financial Assets
AASB 2010-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosures on Transfers of Financial Assets
(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2011). Amendments made to AASb 7 financial Instruments: Disclosures
(effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2011). Amendments made to AASb 7 financial Instruments: Disclosures
in November 2010 introduce additional disclosures in respect of risk exposures arising from transferred financial assets. The amendments
in November 2010 introduce additional disclosures in respect of risk exposures arising from transferred financial assets. The amendments
will affect particularly entities that sell, factor, securitise, lend or otherwise transfer financial assets to other parties. They are not expected
will affect particularly entities that sell, factor, securitise, lend or otherwise transfer financial assets to other parties. They are not expected
to have any significant impact on the Group's disclosures. The Group intends to apply the amendment from 26 June 2011.
to have any significant impact on the Group's disclosures. The Group intends to apply the amendment from 26 June 2011.

AASB 2010-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets  (effective from 1 January 2012).
AASB 2010-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets  (effective from 1 January 2012).
In December 2010, the AASb amended AASb 112 Income Taxes  to provide a practical approach for measuring deferred tax liabilities and
In December 2010, the AASb amended AASb 112 Income Taxes  to provide a practical approach for measuring deferred tax liabilities and
deferred tax assets when investment property is measured using the fair value model. AASb 112 requires the measurement of deferred tax
deferred tax assets when investment property is measured using the fair value model. AASb 112 requires the measurement of deferred tax
assets or liabilities to reflect the tax consequences that would follow from the way management expects to recover or settle the carrying
assets or liabilities to reflect the tax consequences that would follow from the way management expects to recover or settle the carrying
amount of the relevant assets or liabilities, that is through use or through sale. The amendment introduces a rebuttable presumption that
amount of the relevant assets or liabilities, that is through use or through sale. The amendment introduces a rebuttable presumption that
investment property which is measured at fair value is recovered entirely by sale. The Group will apply the amendment from 1 July 2012.
investment property which is measured at fair value is recovered entirely by sale. The Group will apply the amendment from 1 July 2012.
It is currently evaluating the impact of the amendment.
It is currently evaluating the impact of the amendment.

(AD) PARENT ENTITY fINANCIAL INfoRMATIoN
(ad) Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the Parent Entity, Seven West Media Limited, disclosed in note 34 has been prepared on the same basis as the
The financial information for the Parent Entity, Seven West Media Limited, disclosed in note 34 has been prepared on the same basis as the
consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.
consolidated financial statements, except as set out below.

Investments in subsidiaries and associates
Investments in subsidiaries and associates

(i)
(i)
Investments in subsidiaries and associates are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Seven West Media Limited.  Dividends received
Investments in subsidiaries and associates are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Seven West Media Limited.  Dividends received
from associates are recognised in the Parent Entity’s profit or loss, rather than being deducted from the carrying amount of these investments.
from associates are recognised in the Parent Entity’s profit or loss, rather than being deducted from the carrying amount of these investments.

Change in accounting policy
Change in accounting policy
The Group has changed its accounting policy for dividends paid out of pre-acquisition profits from 1 July 2009 when the revised AASb 127 
The Group has changed its accounting policy for dividends paid out of pre-acquisition profits from 1 July 2009 when the revised AASb 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements  became operative.  Previously, dividends paid out of pre-acquisition profits were deducted from the
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements  became operative.  Previously, dividends paid out of pre-acquisition profits were deducted from the
cost of the investment. In accordance with the transitional provisions, the new accounting policy is applied prospectively.  It was therefore not
cost of the investment. In accordance with the transitional provisions, the new accounting policy is applied prospectively.  It was therefore not
necessary to make any adjustments to any of the amounts previously recognised in the financial statements.
necessary to make any adjustments to any of the amounts previously recognised in the financial statements.

Financial guarantees
Financial guarantees

(ii)
(ii)
Where the Parent Entity has provided financial guarantees in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no compensation, the fair values of
Where the Parent Entity has provided financial guarantees in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no compensation, the fair values of
these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investment.
these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investment.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    59

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

2. fINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.  The Group's overall 

risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial 

performance of the Group.  The Group uses derivative financial instruments (interest rate caps and swaps) to hedge certain interest rate risk

exposures and forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain foreign exchange risk exposures.  Derivatives are exclusively used for hedging

purposes, i.e. not as trading or other speculative instruments.  The Group uses different methods to measure different types of risk to which it is

exposed.   These methods include sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate and aging analysis for credit risk.

Risk management is carried out by the finance department under policies approved by the board of directors.  The policies provide principles for

overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas such as interest rate risk.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates will affect the fair value or future cash flows 

of the Group's financial instruments.

Price risk

(i) 
The Group is not exposed to significant price risk.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

(ii) 
Interest rate risk refers to the risks that the value of a financial instrument or its associated cash flows will fluctuate in response to changes in market

interest rates.

The Group's main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest

rate risk. The Group has mitigated this interest rate risk by entering into derivative transactions, including interest rate swaps and caps.  The amount

of interest rate hedging in place from these swaps and caps at financial year end is equal to 53% of Group variable rate borrowings.

borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following variable and fixed rate financial instruments:

25-Jun-2011

30-Jun-2010

Weighted

average

Weighted

average

 interest  rate

balance 

 interest  rate

%

$’000 

%

balance

$’000

(12,065)

-

261,000

-

4.00%

n/a

5.78%

n/a

6.99%

(150,000)

98,935

4.93%

6.83%

6.66%

7.16%

7.86%

(118,567)

1,531,070

216,000

(550,000)

(370,000)

708,503

11.21%

315,000

n/a

315,000

-

-

Variable rate instruments:

Cash at bank, on hand and at call

bank loans

bills payable

Interest rate caps  (notional principal amount)

Interest rate swaps  (notional principal amount)

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

Fixed rate instruments:

Secured notes

Net exposure to fair value interest rate risk

An analysis by maturities is provided under liquidity risk below.

60

 
          
            
       
                         
           
           
          
                         
          
          
           
              
           
                         
           
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

2. fINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CoNTINUED)

Group sensitivity

based on the Group outstanding floating rate borrowings and interest rate swaps and caps at 25 June 2011, a change in interest rates at year end

of +/- 1% per annum with all other variables remaining constant would impact equity and after tax profit by the amounts shown below.

Net profit

Reserves

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

Equity

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

If interest rates were 1% higher with all other variables held constant:

(Decrease)/increase

(9,560)

(777)

2,590

1,050

(6,970)

273

If interest rates were 1% lower with all other variables held constant:

Increase/(decrease)

9,632

777

(2,590)

(1,050)

7,042

(273)

Foreign exchange risk

(iii) 
foreign exchange risk refers to the risk that the value of a financial instrument or its associated cash flows will fluctuate due to changes in foreign

currency rates.

The Group has transactional currency risk. Such exposure arises from sales or purchases by an operating unit in currencies other than the unit's 

measurement currency. It is the Group's policy not to enter into forward contracts until a firm commitment is in place. The terms of the forward

currency contracts have been negotiated to match the terms of the commitments. The foreign currency contracts are being used to reduce the

exposure to the foreign exchange risk.

As at the end of the reporting period, the Group had the following exposure to foreign exchange risk:

Receivables:

forward foreign exchange contracts

Payables:

forward foreign exchange contracts

Net exposure

Group sensitivity

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

14,182

(14,656)

(474)

-

-

-

based on the Group's financial instruments held at 25 June 2011, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US dollar,

Euro, UK pound and New Zealand dollar, with all other variables held constant, the Group's equity and  after tax profit for the year would have

increased/decreased by the amounts shown below.

If the Australian dollar weakens by 10%  with all other variables held constant:

Increase/(decrease)

If the Australian dollar strengthens by 10%  with all other variables held constant:

(Decrease)/increase

Net profit

Equity

2011

$'000

872

(714)

2010

$'000

-

-

2011

$'000

872

(714)

2010

$'000

-

-

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations,

and  arises principally from credit exposures to customers, cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments.

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. The Group limits its exposure in relation to cash balances and derivative financial instruments by only

dealing with well established financial institutions of high quality credit standing.  for other customers, risk control assesses the credit quality,

taking into account financial position, past experience and other factors.  The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    61

             
                  
               
                
             
                   
               
                   
             
               
               
                  
              
                    
            
                    
                  
                    
                   
                         
                   
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

2. fINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CoNTINUED)

The Group's only significant concentration of credit risk is the receivable balance due from its main magazine distributor of $28,510,000

(2010: $nil).

for further information on credit risk refer to note 10.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk refers to the risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial commitments as and when they fall due.

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of  committed

credit facilities. The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flow and monitoring the Group's liquidity

reserve on the basis of these cash flow forecasts.

Financing arrangements

Refer to note 20 for details of the Group's financing arrangements.

Maturities of financial liabilities

The table below analyses the Group's financial liabilities including interest to maturity into relevant groupings based on their contractual maturities.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted principal and interest cash flows and therefore may not agree with the

carrying amounts in the statement of financial position.  for interest rate swaps the cash flows have been estimated using forward interest

rates applicable at the end of the reporting period.

At 25 June 2011

Non-derivatives

Trade and other payables

bills payable*

Secured loans*

Secured notes*

Total non-derivatives

Derivatives

Less than one 
year
$'000

between
1 and 5  years
$'000

Total 
contractual 
cash flows
$'000

Carrying 
amount - 
liabilities
$'000

287,962

148,069

106,348

36,383

61,794

80,074

349,756

228,143

395,878

216,000

1,637,418

1,743,766

1,531,070

391,325

427,708

315,000

578,762

2,170,611

2,749,373

2,457,948

Net settled interest rate swaps and caps

4,540

216

4,756

5,674

Gross settled forward foreign exchange contracts - cash flow hedges:

- (inflow)

- outflow

Total derivatives

Total financial liabilities

At 30 June 2010

Non-derivatives

Trade and other payables

bills payable*

Total non-derivatives

Derivative – Net settled interest rate swaps

Total financial liabilities

(14,182)

14,656

5,014

-

-

216

(14,182)

14,656

5,230

-

473

6,147

583,776

2,170,827

2,754,603

2,464,095

15,021

15,083

30,104

1,388

-

282,065

282,065

15,021

297,148

312,169

15,021

261,000

276,021

1,976

3,364

804

31,492

284,041

315,533

276,825

The cash flows associated with the cash flow hedge derivatives are expected to impact profit or loss in the same periods as those disclosed in
the above table.
* Accrued interest on these items is included in trade and other payables at reporting date.  The payment of these amounts is included in the cash
flows of the respective debt item.

62

           
              
           
           
           
              
           
           
           
        
        
       
              
           
           
           
           
        
        
       
                
                   
                
                
            
                         
            
                         
              
                         
              
                   
                
                   
                
                
           
        
        
       
              
                         
              
             
              
           
           
           
              
           
           
           
                
                
                
                   
              
           
           
           
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

2. fINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CoNTINUED)
2. fINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CoNTINUED)

fair value measurment
fair value measurment
fair value measurment
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes.

The carrying amounts of financial instruments disclosed in the statement of financial position approximate to their fair values.
The carrying amounts of financial instruments disclosed in the statement of financial position approximate to their fair values.
The carrying amounts of financial instruments disclosed in the statement of financial position approximate to their fair values.
AASb 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures  requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement
AASb 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures  requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement
AASb 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures  requires disclosure of fair value measurements by level of the following fair value measurement
hierarchy:
hierarchy:
hierarchy:
(a) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1)
(a) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1)
(a) quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1)
(b) inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly 
(b) inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly 
(b) inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly 

(derived from prices) (level 2), and
(derived from prices) (level 2), and
(derived from prices) (level 2), and
(c)
inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).
inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).
(c)
(c) inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The only assets or liabilities measured and recognised at fair value are the liabilities recognised in relation to interest rate cash flow hedges and
The only assets or liabilities measured and recognised at fair value are the liabilities recognised in relation to interest rate cash flow hedges and
The only assets or liabilities measured and recognised at fair value are the liabilities recognised in relation to interest rate cash flow hedges and
foreign exchange cash flow hedges  amounting to $6,147,000 (2010 - $804,000).  The fair values of these hedges (classified as level 2 in the fair
foreign exchange cash flow hedges  amounting to $6,147,000 (2010 - $804,000).  The fair values of these hedges (classified as level 2 in the fair
foreign exchange cash flow hedges  amounting to $6,147,000 (2010: $804,000).  The fair values of these hedges (classified as level 2 in the fair
value measurement  hierarchy)  are measured with reference to forward interest rates and exchange rates and the present value of the estimated
value measurement  hierarchy)  are measured with reference to forward interest rates and exchange rates and the present value of the estimated
value measurement  hierarchy)  are measured with reference to forward interest rates and exchange rates and the present value of the estimated
future cash flows.
future cash flows.
future cash flows.

3. SEGMENT INfoRMATIoN
3. SEGMENT INfoRMATIoN

Description of segments
Description of segments
The chief operating decision makers consider the business from both a product and a geographical perspective and have identified the following
The chief operating decision makers consider the business from both a product and a geographical perspective and have identified the following

reportable segments:
reportable segments:

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

The West Australian (The West Australian newspaper and insert magazines)
The West Australian (The West Australian newspaper and insert magazines)

Regionals (the Countryman and other newspapers published in regional areas of Western Australia)
Regionals (the Countryman and other newspapers published in regional areas of Western Australia)

In the current year, other WA includes quokka (classified advertising), Radio (broadcasting in regional areas of Western Australia), Community
In the current year, other WA includes quokka (classified advertising), Radio (broadcasting in regional areas of Western Australia), Community

Newspapers, ColourPress (commercial printing), digital publishing, West Australian Publishers and other minor operating segments
Newspapers, ColourPress (commercial printing), digital publishing, West Australian Publishers and other minor operating segments

Television (operation of commercial television stations)
Television (operation of commercial television stations)

- Magazines (publisher of magazines)
- Magazines (publisher of magazines)

- other SMG (h1) Pty Limited ("SMG") (internet content and pay television content providers)
- other SMG (h1) Pty Limited ("SMG") (internet content and pay television content providers)

The Television, Magazines and other SMG segments were acquired as part of the acquisition of SMG (refer note 29).
The Television, Magazines and other SMG segments were acquired as part of the acquisition of SMG (refer note 29).

Seven West media – annual report 2011    63

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

3. SEGMENT INfoRMATIoN (CoNTINUED)

Information about reportable segments

Year ended 25 June 2011

Total segment revenue

Inter-segment revenue

The West
Australian

$'000

Regionals

other WA

Television

Magazines

other SMG

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

318,376

49,016

-

-

62,143

(22,717)

255,202

63,223

-

-

Total

$'000

748,408

(22,717)

725,691

448

-

448

Revenue from continuing operations

318,376

49,016

39,426

255,202

63,223

Earnings before significant items,

net finance costs, tax,

depreciation  and amortisation

Depreciation and amortisation*

Profit before significant items,

net finance costs and tax

Share of net profit of equity

accounted investees

Total segment assets

Total assets includes investments

in associates

Additions to non-current assets  (other
than financial assets and deferred tax)

144,780

(18,931)

14,353

(865)

13,787

(1,817)

84,415

(6,771)

14,056

(1,989)

2,929

-

274,320

(30,373)

125,849

13,488

11,970

77,644

12,067

2,929

243,947

-

-

4,627

-

-

2,677

7,304

346,029

29,278

61,100

3,645,695

537,317

443,149

5,062,568

-

-

11,604

-

-

335,211

346,815

11,726

1,059

432

5,438

190

-

18,845

*

Excludes program rights amortisation which is treated consistently with other media content (refer note 5).

Year ended 30 June 2010

Total segment revenue

Inter-segment revenue

The West
Australian

Regionals

$'000

$'000

quokka

$'000

322,912

45,795

12,016

-

-

-

Revenue from continuing operations

322,912

45,795

12,016

All other
Segments

Un-
Allocated

$'000

$'000

Radio

$'000

8,578

-

8,578

3,014

(303)

2,711

43,915

(24,525)

19,390

6,190

(1,435)

4,755

3,869

18,201

Total

$'000

433,216

(24,525)

408,691

-

-

-

(2,088)

-

174,496

(20,932)

(2,088)

153,564

-

845

-

-

3,869

441,290

11,228

14,646

150,003

(18,241)

131,762

12,708

(881)

11,827

4,669

(72)

4,597

-

-

-

-

351,546

29,313

18,165

23,220

-

12,124

-

599

-

66

-

11,228

1,838

19

Earnings before net finance costs, tax,

depreciation  and amortisation

Depreciation  and amortisation

Profit before net finance costs and tax

Share of net profit of equity

accounted investees

Total segment assets

Total assets includes investment

in associate

Additions to non-current assets  (other
than financial assets and deferred tax)

The chief operating decision makers assess the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of  earnings before net finance costs 

and tax.  This measurement basis excludes the effects of non-recurring expenditure from the operating segments such as transaction costs. 

finance income and costs are also not allocated to segments.

A reconciliation of earnings before significant items, net finance costs and tax to profit before income tax is provided as follows:

64

           
              
              
           
              
                   
           
                         
                         
            
                         
                         
                         
            
           
              
              
           
              
                   
           
           
              
              
              
              
                
           
            
                  
               
               
               
                         
            
           
              
              
              
              
                
           
                         
                         
                
                         
                         
                
                
           
              
              
        
           
           
        
                         
                         
              
                         
                         
           
           
              
                
                   
                
                   
                         
              
           
              
              
                
              
                         
           
                         
                         
                         
                         
            
                         
            
           
              
              
                
              
                         
           
           
              
                
                
                
               
           
            
                  
                     
                  
               
                         
            
           
              
                
                
                
               
           
                         
                         
                         
                         
                
                         
                
           
              
              
              
              
                   
           
                         
                         
                         
                         
              
                         
              
              
                   
                      
                
                      
                         
              
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

3. SEGMENT INfoRMATIoN (CoNTINUED)

Reconciliation of profit before significant items, net finance costs and tax

Profit before significant items, net finance costs and tax

finance income

finance costs

Transaction costs

Profit before income tax

Reconciliation of segment assets to total assets is as follows:

Segment assets

Deferred tax benefit

Total assets

4. REVENUE AND oThER INCoME
Sales revenue

Advertising revenue

Circulation revenue

Rendering of services

other revenue

Total revenue

other income

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

243,947

153,564

6,569

(50,606)

(26,380)

483

(19,938)

-

173,530

134,109

5,062,568

441,290

25,244

-

5,087,812

441,290

551,241

111,214

12,971

50,265

725,691

303,825

76,544

11,466

16,856

408,691

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

73

468

5. EXPENSES
Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation and amortisation

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Depreciation and amortisation excluding program rights amortisation

Television program rights

Total depreciation and amortisation

Employee benefits expense

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Rental expense relating to operating leases

6. NET fINANCE CoSTS
finance income

Ineffective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Total finance income

finance costs

Net finance costs

24,813

5,560

30,373

32,931

63,304

18,046

2,886

20,932

-

20,932

143,891

104,148

29,789

6,242

7,668

1,323

(6,393)

(176)

(6,569)

50,606

44,037

(483)

-

(483)

19,938

19,455

Seven West media – annual report 2011    65

          
           
               
                   
           
            
           
                         
          
           
      
           
            
                         
      
           
          
           
          
              
            
              
            
              
          
           
                     
                   
            
              
               
                
            
              
            
                         
            
              
          
           
            
                
               
                
             
                  
                 
                         
             
                  
            
              
            
              
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

7. SIGNIfICANT ITEMS
7. SIGNIfICANT ITEMS

Profit before income tax expense includes the following specific expenses whose disclosure is relevant
Profit before income tax expense includes the following specific expenses whose disclosure is relevant
in explaining the financial performance of the Group:
in explaining the financial performance of the Group:

Transaction costs relating to the acquisition of SMG (h1) Pty Limited and its subsidiaries (refer note 29)
Transaction costs relating to the acquisition of SMG (h1) Pty Limited and its subsidiaries (refer note 29)

26,380
26,380

-
-

2011
2011

$'000
$'000

2010
2010

$'000
$'000

8. INCoME TAX
8. INCoME TAX
Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss
Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss

Current year tax expense
Current year tax expense

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

Current tax expense
Current tax expense

Deferred tax benefit (expense)
Deferred tax benefit (expense)

Total income tax expense
Total income tax expense

Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable
Profit from before income tax
Profit from before income tax
Profit from before income tax

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not (deductible)/taxable in calculating taxable income:
Tax effect of amounts which are not (deductible)/taxable in calculating taxable income:
Tax effect of amounts which are not (deductible)/taxable in calculating taxable income:

Non deductible acquisition costs
Non deductible acquisition costs
Non deductible acquisition costs
building construction and investment allowances
building construction and investment allowances
building construction and investment allowances
Non-deductible depreciation and amortisation
Non-deductible depreciation and amortisation
Non-deductible depreciation and amortisation
other non-deductible items
other non-deductible items
other non-deductible items
Share of net profit of equity accounted investees
Share of net profit of equity-accounted investees
Share of net profit of equity-accounted investees

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
Previously unrecognised tax losses now recouped to reduce current tax expense
Previously unrecognised tax losses now recouped to reduce current tax expense
Previously unrecognised tax losses now recouped to reduce current tax expense
Income tax expense
Income tax expense
Income tax expense

Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income
Income tax recognised in other comprehensive income

Interest rate hedges
Interest rate hedges

Income tax recognised directly in equity
Income tax recognised directly in equity

Current tax benefit
Current tax benefit

Deferred tax benefit
Deferred tax benefit

Total income tax recognised directly in equity
Total income tax recognised directly in equity

Tax losses
Tax losses

Unused capital tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised
Unused capital tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

Potential tax benefit @ 30% (2010: 30%)
Potential tax benefit @ 30% (2010: 30%)

All unused capital tax losses were incurred by Australian entities.
All unused capital tax losses were incurred by Australian entities.

66

(61,957)
(61,957)

(33,302)
(33,302)

879
879

1,352
1,352

(61,078)
(61,078)

(31,950)
(31,950)

2,670
2,670

(5,936)
(5,936)

(58,408)
(58,408)

(37,886)
(37,886)

173,530
173,530
173,530

134,109
134,109
134,109

(52,059)
(52,059)
(52,059)

(6,864)
(6,864)
(6,864)
684
684
684
(538)
(538)
(538)
(2,701)
(2,701)
(2,701)
2,191
2,191
2,191
(59,287)
(59,287)
(59,287)
879
879
879
-
-
-
(58,408)
(58,408)
(58,408)

(40,233)
(40,233)
(40,233)

-
-
-
736
736
736
(516)
(516)
(516)
(545)
(545)
(545)
1,161
1,161
1,161
(39,397)
(39,397)
(39,397)
1,352
1,352
1,352
159
159
159
(37,886)
(37,886)
(37,886)

(216)
(216)

(1,000)
(1,000)

1,354
1,354

4,792
4,792

6,146
6,146

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

77,827
77,827

23,348
23,348

            
                         
           
            
                   
                
           
            
               
               
           
            
          
           
           
            
             
                         
                   
                   
                 
                  
             
                  
               
                
           
            
                   
                
                         
                   
           
            
                 
               
               
                         
               
                         
               
                         
                         
              
                         
              
            
                         
           
            
                   
                
           
            
               
               
           
            
          
           
           
            
             
                         
                   
                   
                 
                  
             
                  
               
                
           
            
                   
                
                         
                   
           
            
                 
               
               
                         
               
                         
               
                         
                         
              
                         
              
         
           
          
            
             
                         
                  
                   
                 
                  
             
                  
              
                
          
            
                  
                
                         
                   
          
            
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

8. INCoME TAX (CoNTINUED)
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Year ended 25 June 2011

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Receivables

Program rights and inventories

Investments

Intangibles

Property, plant and equipment

Creditors

Provisions

Deferred income 

borrowings

Cash flow hedges

Transaction costs

other

balance
1 July
2010

$'000

-

-

-

(1,145)

(14,444)

-

4,591

470

-

241

-

(637)

Recognised in
Recognised  other comp-
rehensive
in profit or
income
loss

Recognised
directly in
equity

Acquired in
business
combination

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

5,163

76

(664)

468

(864)

(636)

249

(425)

(862)

-

581

(416)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(216)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,792

-

4,792

10,060

(51,919)

(3,946)

(32)

3,371

45,056

18,803

2,487

3,310

1,063

-

669

28,922

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

(10,924)

2,670

(216)

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months

balance
1 July
2009

$'000

(1,145)

(13,000)

9,157

190

1,241

(431)

(3,988)

Recognised in
Recognised  other comp-
rehensive
in profit or
income
loss

Recognised
directly in
equity

Acquired in
business
combination

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

-

(1,444)

(4,566)

280

-

(206)

-

-

-

-

(1,000)

-

(5,936)

(1,000)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Year ended 30 June 2010

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Intangibles

Property, plant and equipment

Provisions

Deferred income 

Cash flow hedges

other

Net deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities to be utilised after more than 12 months

Net deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months

9. CASh AND CASh EqUIVALENTS

Current

Cash at bank, on hand and at call

balance
25 June
2011

$'000

15,223

(51,843)

(4,610)

(709)

(11,937)

44,420

23,643

2,532

2,448

1,088

5,373

(384)

25,244

1,807

23,437

25,244

balance
30 June
2010

$'000

(1,145)

(14,444)

4,591

470

241

(637)

(10,924)

(14,992)

4,068

(10,924)

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

118,567

12,065

Cash at bank and deposits at call bear interest at a floating weighted average rate of 4.93% at the reporting date (2010: 4.00%).  The maximum

exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount.  The exposure to interest rate risk is discussed in note 2.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    67

                         
                
                         
                         
              
              
                         
                      
                         
                         
            
            
                         
                  
                         
                         
               
               
               
                   
                         
                         
                     
                  
            
                  
                         
                         
                
            
                         
                  
                         
                         
              
              
                
                   
                         
                         
              
              
                   
                  
                         
                         
                
                
                         
                  
                         
                         
                
                
                   
                         
                  
                         
                
                
                         
                   
                         
                
                         
                
                  
                  
                         
                         
                   
                  
            
                
                  
                
              
              
                
              
              
               
                         
                         
                         
                         
               
            
               
                         
                         
                         
            
                
               
                         
                         
                         
                
                   
                   
                         
                         
                         
                   
                
                         
               
                         
                         
                   
                  
                  
                         
                         
                         
                  
               
               
               
                         
                         
            
            
                
            
          
              
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

10.  TRADE AND oThER RECEIVAbLES

Current
Trade receivables

Provision for impairment of receivables

Provision for sales credits and returns

other receivables

Trade receivables are generally settled within 30-90 days.

The aging of the Group's trade receivables net of provision  for sales credits and returns at the reporting date was:

Gross

2011

$'000

284,077

26,485

6,260

407

317,229

Provision for

impairment

2011

$'000

-

4,162

3,076

407

7,645

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-120 days

Past due 120+ days

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows:

balance at the beginning of the financial year

Provision assumed in a business combination

Provision for impairment loss recognised during the year

Receivables written off

balance at the end of the financial year

2011

$'000

342,750

(7,645)

(25,521)

309,584

5,931

2010

$'000

54,670

(218)

-

54,452

-

315,515

54,452

Provision for

impairment

2010

$'000

-

-

26

192

218

2010

$'000

196

-

1,044

(1,022)

218

Gross

2010

$'000

48,768

5,217

493

192

54,670

2011

$'000

218

7,158

470

(201)

7,645

Fair value risk
Due to the short-term nature of these receivables, their carrying amount is assumed to approximate their fair value.

Credit risk
The maximum exposure to credit risk at reporting date is the carrying amount of the assets. The fair value of security collateral held is insignificant.

Interest rate risk
The Group's current receivables generally do not bear interest.

Foreign exchange risk
Information about the Group's exposure to foreign currency risk in relation to trade and other receivables is provided in note 2.

Refer to note 2 for further information on the risk management policy of the Group.

68

          
              
             
                  
           
                         
          
              
               
                         
          
              
          
                         
              
                         
            
               
                
                         
               
               
                   
                      
                   
                   
                   
                   
          
               
              
                   
                   
                   
               
                         
                   
                
                 
               
               
                   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

11. PRoGRAM RIGhTS AND INVENToRIES

Current
Television program rights at cost less accumulated amortisation

Newsprint and paper – at cost

Work in progress – at cost

other raw materials and stores – at net realisable value

finished goods – at cost

Inventory expense

Inventories recognised as expense during the year ended 25 June 2011 amounted to $85,237,000 (2010: $65,741,000).

Non-current

Prepaid television program rights

12. oThER ASSETS
Current

Prepayments

2011

$'000

97,218

16,734

9,203

4,201

341

2010

$'000

-

8,805

-

4,229

89

127,697

13,123

1,544

-

6,633

3,253

13. INVESTMENTS ACCoUNTED foR USING ThE EqUITY METhoD
Non-current

Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities

346,815

11,228

Information relating to associates and jointly controlled entities is set out below.

Name of entity
Community Newspaper Group Limited

bloo (WA) Pty Ltd

Australian News Channel Pty Limited

TX Australia Pty Limited

Principal activities
Newspaper publishing

Reporting date
30 June

online business directory

Pay TV channel operator

30 June

30 June

Transmitter facilities provider

30 June

Yahoo! Australia and New Zealand (holdings) Pty Limited

Internet content provider

31 December

Coventry Street Properties Pty Limited

Property management

30 June

oztam Pty Limited

Perth Translator facility Pty Limited
hybrid Television Services (ANZ) Pty Ltd (i)

Ratings service provider

31 December

Transmitter facilities provider

30 June

TiVo distributor

30 June

The above entities are incorporated in Australia.

ownership interest

2011

%

49.9

27.8

33.3

33.3

50.0

50.0

33.3

33.3

66.7

2010

%

49.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(i)  Under the shareholder agreement, Seven Network (operations) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary, and the other shareholders have equal

voting rights and board representation. As a result, the investment in hybrid Television Services (ANZ) Pty Ltd is equity accounted.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    69

            
                         
            
                
               
                         
               
                
                   
                      
          
              
               
                         
               
                
          
              
                 
                  
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
                 
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
Seven West Media Limited
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
13. INVESTMENTS ACCoUNTED foR USING ThE EqUITY METhoD (CoNTINUED)

13. INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD (CONTINUED)

Movements in carrying amounts
Movements in carrying amounts
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Carrying amount at the beginning of the financial year
Acquisitions through business combinations
Acquisitions through business combinations
other acquisitions
Other acquisitions
Share of profit of investee after income tax
Share of profit of investee after income tax
Dividends received
Dividends received
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year
Carrying amount at the end of the financial year
Share of investees' profit
Share of investees' profit
Profit before income tax
Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Income tax expense
Share of net profit of investees disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income
Share of net profit of investees disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income
Summarised financial information of investees (100%)
Summarised financial information of investees (100%)
Revenues
Revenues
Expenses
Expenses
Profit after income tax as reported by investees
Profit after income tax as reported by investees

Current assets
Current assets
Non-current assets
Non-current assets

Total assets
Total assets

Current liabilities
Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities
Total liabilities

Share of investees' net assets
Share of investees' net assets
Equity accounted
Equity accounted

14. AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
14. AVAILAbLE-foR-SALE fINANCIAL ASSETS
Non-current

Unlisted equity securities
Non-current

Unlisted equity securities
The investment in unlisted securities is stated at cost because its fair value cannot be reliably measured.

The investment in unlisted securities is stated at cost because its fair value cannot be reliably measured.

2011
2011
$'000
$'000

11,228
11,228
333,200
333,200
1,249
1,249
7,304
7,304
(6,166)
(6,166)
346,815
346,815

10,530
10,530
(3,226)
(3,226)
7,304
7,304

109,786
109,786
(101,399)
(101,399)
8,387
8,387

86,011
86,011
160,629
160,629

246,640
246,640

62,354
62,354

43,086
43,086

105,440
105,440

2010
2010
$'000
$'000

11,609
11,609
-
-
-
-
3,869
3,869
(4,250)
(4,250)
11,228
11,228

5,687
5,687
(1,818)
(1,818)
3,869
3,869

62,019
62,019
(54,281)
(54,281)

7,738
7,738

13,353
13,353
17,161
17,161

30,514
30,514

8,465
8,465
388
388

8,853
8,853

346,815
346,815

11,228
11,228

2011
$'000
777

777

2010
$'000
777

777

70

            
             
         
                         
              
                         
              
                
             
               
         
             
            
                
             
               
              
                
         
        
            
              
                
            
             
         
             
         
             
            
                
            
                   
         
                
         
             
                  
                   
            
              
          
                          
               
                          
               
                
             
               
          
              
            
                
             
               
               
                
          
        
             
               
                
            
              
          
              
          
              
            
                
            
                    
          
                
          
              
                    
                    
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

15. PRoPERTY, PLANT AND EqUIPMENT

Non-current

freehold land and buildings - at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Leasehold improvements - at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Residential properties - at cost

Plant and equipment - at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Total property, plant and equipment - at cost

Accumulated depreciation and amortisation

Consolidated

Year ended 30 June 2010

opening net book amount

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation charge

Closing net book amount

Year ended 25 June 2011

opening net book amount

Acquisitions through business combinations

other additions

Disposals

Transfers

Depreciation charge

Closing net book amount

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

100,419

(23,533)

76,886

19,373

(937)

18,436

86,257

(21,700)

64,557

-

-

-

2,940

2,940

307,115

248,718

(123,296)

(102,692)

183,819

146,026

429,847

337,915

(147,766)

(124,392)

282,081

213,523

freehold land 
and
buildings

Leasehold 
improve-
ments

Residential
properties

Plant and
equipment

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Total

$'000

66,168

170

-

-

(1,781)

64,557

64,557

13,915

208

-

39

(1,833)

76,886

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

23,258

-

-

(3,885)

(937)

18,436

1,857

1,254

(171)

-

-

156,278

224,303

7,484

(450)

(1,021)

8,908

(621)

(1,021)

(16,265)

(18,046)

2,940

146,026

213,523

2,940

146,026

213,523

-

-

-

-

-

41,661

14,502

(173)

3,846

78,834

14,710

(173)

-

(22,043)

(24,813)

2,940

183,819

282,081

Seven West media – annual report 2011    71

          
              
           
            
            
              
            
                         
                 
                         
            
                         
               
                
          
           
        
          
          
           
          
           
        
          
          
           
              
                         
                
           
           
                   
                         
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
               
               
               
                         
            
            
              
                         
                
           
           
              
                         
                
           
           
              
              
                         
              
              
                   
                         
                         
              
              
                         
                         
                         
                  
                  
                      
               
                         
                
                         
               
                  
                         
            
            
             
             
                
           
           
Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Seven West Media Limited
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Magazine licences - at cost

Magazine licences - accumulated amortisation
Television licences - at cost
Radio licences - at cost

Total licences

Newspaper mastheads - at cost

Magazine mastheads - at cost

Total mastheads

Television program copyrights - at cost

Accumulated amortisation

Total television program copyrights

Software - at cost

Accumulated amortisation

Total software

Goodwill

Total intangible assets

Consolidated

Year ended 30 June 2010

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Amortisation charge *

Closing net book amount

Year ended 25 June 2011

Opening net book amount
Acquisitions through business combination
Additions
Amortisation charge *

Closing net book amount

2011
$'000

38,080

(1,294)
2,300,000
17,316

2,354,102

2010
$'000

-

-
-
17,316

17,316

100,558

129,731

230,289

100,558

-

100,558

20,848

(848)

20,000

34,978

(14,389)

20,589

-

-

-

23,482

(10,971)

12,511

1,237,959

2,484

3,862,939

132,869

Licences
$’000

Mastheads
$’000

Program
copyrights
$’000

Computer
software
$’000

Goodwill
$’000

Total
$’000

17,316
-
-
-

17,316

17,316
2,338,080
-
(1,294)

2,354,102

100,558
-
-
-

100,558

100,558
129,731
-
-

230,289

-
-
-
-

-

-
20,848
-
(848)

20,000

9,665
5,738
(6)
(2,886)

12,511

12,511
7,361
4,135
(3,418)

2,484
-
-
-

2,484

130,023
5,738
(6)
(2,886)

132,869

2,484
1,235,475
-
-

132,869
3,731,495
4,135
(5,560)

20,589

1,237,959

3,862,939

* Amortisation of $5,560,000 (2010: $2,886,000) is included in depreciation and amortisation expense in the comprehensive income statement.

Impairment of cash generating units (CGU) including goodwill and indefinite life assets

The fair values of intangible  assets acquired through a business combination were determined using values provided by independent experts (refer

note 29). Management reviewed the carrying values of all intangible assets at reporting date to ensure that no amounts were in excess of their
recoverable amounts.

72

            
                          
             
                          
      
                          
            
              
      
              
          
            
          
                          
          
            
            
                          
                  
                          
            
                          
            
              
           
             
            
              
      
                
      
            
              
            
                          
                
                
            
                          
                          
                          
                
                          
                
                          
                          
                          
                       
                          
                       
                          
                          
                          
               
                          
               
              
           
                          
              
                
           
              
            
                          
              
                
            
        
            
              
                
        
        
                          
                          
                          
                
                          
                
               
                          
                  
               
                          
               
        
           
              
              
        
        
Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Seven West Media Limited
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

16. INTANGIbLE ASSETS (CoNTINUED)
16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

The recoverable amounts of the cash generating units (CGUs) that include intangible assets and goodwill are determined based on their value in use.
The value in use calculations were performed using the following methodologies:

The West Australian, Regionals and Other WA

Discounted cash flow projections over the assets' useful lives based on the following assumptions:

5 year forecast based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by management; 

-
- Growth rates between 3% and 6% (2010: between 3% and 6%), being rates no higher than the long term average growth rates for the CGU;
-

Pre-tax discount rate using the weighted average cost of capital for the Group, risk adjusted as applicable, of 13% (2010: 13%).

Television

Discounted cash flow projections over the assets' useful lives based on the following assumptions:

-
-
-
-

5 year forecast based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by management; 
Pre-tax discount rates using the weighted average cost of capital for the Group, risk adjusted as applicable, of between 12.8% and 14.3%;
Terminal growth rate of 4%;
Annual revenue growth rates between 3% and 5%, reflecting internal budgets and advertising market size and market share expectations.

Magazines

Relief from Royalty Method (RRM) over magazine mastheads' useful lives based on the following assumptions:

5 year forecast based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by management; 

5 year forecast based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by management; 
Royalty rates between 1.5% and 10.5%;
Earnings multiples between 8x and 10x.

-
-
-
Multi Period Excess Earnings Methodology (MEEM) over magazine licences' useful lives based on the following assumptions:
-
- Discount rates between 14% and 16%;
-
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs that include goodwill are determined using discounted cash flow projections based on the following assumptions:
-
-
-

5 year forecast based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by management; 
Pre-tax discount rate of 13.8%;
Terminal growth rate of 3%.

Terminal growth rate of 2%.

The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future performance in each CGU based on internal and external
sources. The value in use calculations are sensitive to changes in the estimated size of the advertising market and the Company’s market share
assumptions. 

For the purpose of impairment testing, intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to the Group’s operating divisions which represent the lowest
level within the Group at which the assets are monitored for internal management purposes. No impairment losses for intangibles have been incurred or
reversed during the year. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives of $2,300,000,000 relate to the Television operating division, $129,731,000 relate
to the Magazines operating division, $67,428,000 relate to The West Australian operating division, $15,069,000 relate to the Regionals operating
division, $17,316,000 relate to the Radio operating division and $18,061,000 relate to the Other WA operating division.

17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current
Trade payables and other accrued expenses (i)
Derivative financial liabilities
Television program liabilities (ii)

2011
$’000

262,873
5,868
71,211

339,952

2010
$’000

15,021
257
-

15,278

Seven West media – annual report 2011    73

          
              
               
                    
            
                          
          
              
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

17. TRADE AND oThER PAYAbLES (CoNTINUED)

Non-current

Accruals

Derivative financial liabilities

Television program liabilities

2011

$’000

35,275

279

26,519

62,073

2010

$’000

-

547

-

547

Trade and other payables are generally settled within 30-60 days from the end of the month in which they  are incurred and are non-interest bearing.

(i) Included in trade payables and accruals is an amount of $8,983,138 related to future minimum purchases of an associate (2010: $nil). These have

been guaranteed by Seven Network (operations) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary.

(ii) Included in television program liabilities is an amount of $35,038,000 (current: $14,355,000, non-current: $20,683,000) relating to onerous program

rights contracts recognised in accordance with AASb 137. During the year no amounts were recognised in the comprehensive income statement and

$15,047,000 was used.

Interest rate cap and swap contracts - cash flow hedges

The Group is party to derivative financial instruments in the normal course of business in order to hedge exposure to fluctuations in interest rates (refer

note 2).

of the Group’s total debt at 25 June 2011 of $2,062,070,000 (2010: $261,000,000), $920,000,000 (2010: $150,000,000) is covered by interest rate caps

and swaps, which fix the rate at a weighted average of 7.44% (including bank margins and caps premiums) (2010: 6.99%).

The Group has entered into interest rate swap contracts, which expire on 16 March 2012 and 16 August 2013.  The Group has also entered into interest

rate cap contracts, which expire on 16 March 2012 and 16 June 2012.

The contracts require settlement on net interest receivable or payable each 90-180 days.  The settlement dates coincide with the dates on which

interest is payable on the underlying debt.  The contracts are settled on a net basis.

The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedging instruments at fair value is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity, to the

extent that the hedge is effective, and reclassified to profit or loss when the hedged interest expense is recognised.  The ineffective portion, if any, is

recognised in profit or loss immediately.  The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated at the present value of the estimated future cash flows.

At the reporting date, liabilities relating to these contracts amounted to $5,674,000 (2010: $804,000).  In the year ended 25 June 2011 there was a gain

from the increase in fair value of interest rate cap and swap contracts of $866,000 (2010: $3,333,000).

Interest rate risk exposure

Refer to note 2 for the Group's exposure to interest rate risk on interest rate caps and swaps.

Credit risk exposure

Refer to note 2 for the Group's exposure to credit risk. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of the asset.

There are no receivables on derivatives at balance date.

Currency risk exposure

Refer to note 2 for the Group's exposure to currency risk on trade and other creditors.

74

            
                         
                   
                   
            
                         
            
                   
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

18. PRoVISIoNS

Current

Employee benefits (a)
Libel expenses (i)
Make good

other

Non-current

Employee benefits

Make good

other

Movements in the provisions are as follows:

Consolidated

Year ended 30 June 2010

Carrying amount at start of year

Amounts provided

Amounts utilised

Provision no longer required

Carrying amount at end of year

Year ended 25 June 2011

Carrying amount at start of year

Assumued in a business combination

Amounts provided

Amounts utilised

Provision no longer required

Unwind of discount

Carrying amount at end of year

2011

$’000

60,503

225

479

900

2010

$’000

13,419

225

-

-

62,107

13,644

7,800

6,956

511

15,267

950

-

-

950

Employee

Make good

$’000

$’000

Libel

$’000

Restructur-

ing

$’000

other

$’000

Total

$’000

15,237

10,524

(11,392)

-

14,369

14,369

52,076

17,003

(15,009)

(136)

-

68,303

-

-

-

-

-

-

7,408

-

-

-

27

7,435

290

14,030

-

-

(65)

225

225

-

-

-

-

-

225

-

(14,030)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,411

-

-

-

-

29,557

10,524

(25,422)

(65)

14,594

14,594

60,895

17,003

(15,009)

(136)

27

1,411

77,374

(i) The amount at the end of the reporting period represents a provision for libel claims against the Group in relation to published material.

(a) Amounts not expected to be settled within the next 12 months
The current provision for long service leave covers all unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service

and also those where employees are entitled to pro-rata payments in certain circumstances.  The entire amount of the provision is presented as

current, since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for any of these obligations.  however, based on past experience, 

the Group does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued leave or require payment within the next 12 months. The amount of

long service leave obligations expected to be settled after 12 months of the reporting date is $20,783,000 (2010:  $3,475,000).

Seven West media – annual report 2011    75

            
              
                   
                   
                   
                         
                   
                         
            
              
               
                   
               
                         
                   
                         
            
                   
              
                         
                   
              
                         
              
              
                         
                         
                         
                         
              
            
                         
                         
            
                         
            
                         
                         
                     
                         
                         
                     
              
                         
                   
                         
                         
              
              
                         
                   
                         
                         
              
              
                
                         
                         
                
              
              
                         
                         
                         
                         
              
            
                         
                         
                         
                         
            
                  
                         
                         
                         
                         
                  
                         
                      
                         
                         
                         
                      
              
                
                   
                         
                
              
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

19. DEfERRED INCoME

Current

Deferred revenue

Non-current

Deferred revenue

20. boRRoWINGS
Current
Current

bills payable – secured (a)
bills payable – secured (a)

Non-current
Non-current

bills payable – secured (a)
bills payable – secured (a)

bank loans – secured (b)
bank loans – secured (b)

Secured notes (c)
Secured notes (c)

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

19,708

1,962

5,438

136,000
136,000

-

-
-

80,000
80,000

261,000
261,000

1,531,070
1,531,070

315,000
315,000

-
-

-
-

1,926,070
1,926,070

261,000
261,000

financial arrangements
financial arrangements

At reporting date, the Group had access to secured syndicated cash advance facilities to a maximum
At reporting date, the Group had access to secured syndicated cash advance facilities to a maximum

of $2,306,069,821 (2010: $280,000,000). The amount of these facililties undrawn at reporting date was:
of $2,306,069,821 (2010: $280,000,000). The amount of these facililties undrawn at reporting date was:

232,815

19,000

$232,814,721 pertains to a general revolving facility that may be utilised at any time for general corporate purposes and to fund working capital
$232,814,721 pertains to a general revolving facility that may be utilised at any time for general corporate purposes and to fund working capital
requirements.
requirements.

(a) Bills payable
(a) Bills payable
bills payable are drawn under various bill facilities for the Group totalling $280,000,000 (2010: $280,000,000) which have an average maturity of 
bills payable are drawn under various bill facilities for the Group totalling $280,000,000 (2010: $280,000,000) which have an average maturity of 
0.8 years from 25 June 2011 (2010: 2.4 years from 30 June 2010).  The facilities are secured by interlocking guarantees and indemnities given by 
0.8 years from 25 June 2011 (2010: 2.4 years from 30 June 2010).  The facilities are secured by interlocking guarantees and indemnities given by 
the Company and subsidiaries.
the Company and subsidiaries.

(b) Bank loans
(b) Bank loans
The bank loans are subject to floating interest rate charges as follows:
The bank loans are subject to floating interest rate charges as follows:

- facility A (term loan) bbR + 1.875% per annum;
- facility A (term loan) bbR + 1.875% per annum;
- facility C (acquisition facility) bbR + 1.075% per annum.
- facility C (acquisition facility) bbR + 1.075% per annum.

These loans will mature in December 2012 and are secured by a fixed and floating charge over all of  SMG (h4) Pty Limited, a wholly owned
These loans will mature in December 2012 and are secured by a fixed and floating charge over all of  SMG (h4) Pty Limited, a wholly owned
subsidiary, and its subsidiaries.
subsidiary, and its subsidiaries.

(c) Secured notes
(c) Secured notes
The secured notes are subject to a fixed rate of interest, increasing annually from 10.16% to 12.31% per annum and will mature in December 2013.
The secured notes are subject to a fixed rate of interest, increasing annually from 10.16% to 12.31% per annum and will mature in December 2013.
The secured notes are secured by a second ranking fixed and floating charge over the assets of SMG (h4) Pty Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary, and
The secured notes are secured by a second ranking fixed and floating charge over the assets of SMG (h4) Pty Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary, and
its subsidiaries.
its subsidiaries.

Fair value
Fair value
The carrying value and fair value of Group borrowings at the end of the financial year was $2,062,070,000 (2010: $261,000,000).
The carrying value and fair value of Group borrowings at the end of the financial year was $2,062,070,000 (2010: $261,000,000).

Risk exposures
Risk exposures
Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate changes is provided in note 2.
Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate changes is provided in note 2.

76

            
               
                         
          
                         
            
           
      
                         
          
                         
      
           
         
                         
            
           
     
                         
         
                         
     
           
         
             
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

21. ShARE CAPITAL

608,792,249 (2010: 214,167,596) ordinary shares fully paid (notes 21(a) and 21(c))
608,792,249 (2010: 214,167,596) ordinary shares fully paid (notes 21(a) and 21(c))

2,500 (2010: nil) Convertible preference shares fully paid (notes 21(b) and 21(d))
2,500 (2010: nil) Convertible preference shares fully paid (notes 21(b) and 21(d))

(A) MoVEMENTS IN oRDINARY ShARE CAPITAL
(a) Movements in ordinary share capital

Date
Date

1/7/09
1/7/09

30/9/09
30/9/09

31/3/10
31/3/10

30/6/10
30/6/10

30/9/10
30/9/10
12/4/11
12/4/11
12/4/11
12/4/11

12/4/11 to
12/4/11 to
18/4/11
18/4/11
15/4/11
15/4/11

Details
Details

opening balance
opening balance

Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))
Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))

Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))
Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))

Proceeds received relating to the executive and employee share purchase 
Proceeds received relating to the executive and employee share purchase 

plans (note 32)
plans (note 32)

balance
balance

Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))
Dividend reinvestment plan share issues (note 21(e))
Shares issued in respect of a 4 for 7 entitlement offer (i)
Shares issued in respect of a 4 for 7 entitlement offer (i)
Shares issued to Seven Group holdings Limited in relation to
Shares issued to Seven Group holdings Limited in relation to

business combination (refer note 29)
business combination (refer note 29)

Shares issued to other investors (ii)
Shares issued to other investors (ii)
Shares issued in respect of a public offer
Shares issued in respect of a public offer
Transaction costs arising on share issues
Transaction costs arising on share issues
Current tax credit recognised directly in equity
Current tax credit recognised directly in equity
Deferred tax credit recognised directly in equity
Deferred tax credit recognised directly in equity
Proceeds received relating to the executive and employee share purchase 
Proceeds received relating to the executive and employee share purchase 
plans (note 32)
plans (note 32)

25/6/11
25/6/11

balance
balance

(i) Shares issued on conversion of convertible unsecured loan securities (CULS) in accordance with the prospectus issued by the Company on
(i) Shares issued on conversion of convertible unsecured loan securities (CULS) in accordance with the prospectus issued by the Company on
21 february 2011.
21 february 2011.

(ii) Shares issued to Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, mezzanine investors and members of management relating to Seven Media Group.
(ii) Shares issued to Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, mezzanine investors and members of management relating to Seven Media Group.

(b) Movements in convertible preference share capital
(b) MoVEMENTS IN CoNVERTIbLE PREfERENCE ShARE CAPITAL

Date
Date
1/7/09 and
1/7/09 and
30/6/10
30/6/10
21/4/11
21/4/11

Details
Details

opening balance
opening balance
Shares issued to Seven Group holdings Limited in relation to
Shares issued to Seven Group holdings Limited in relation to
business combination (refer notes 21(d) and 29)
business combination (refer notes 21(d) and 29)

25/6/11
25/6/11

balance
balance

Number of
Number of
shares
shares

Issue
Issue
price
price

-
-

2,500
2,500

2,500
2,500

$100,000
$100,000

$100,000
$100,000

250,000
250,000

250,000
250,000

2011
2011
$’000
$’000

2010
2010
$’000
$’000

2,239,061
2,239,061

126,520
126,520

250,000
250,000

-
-

2,489,061
2,489,061

126,520
126,520

Number of
Number of

shares
shares

210,044,210
210,044,210

1,215,837
1,215,837

2,338,049
2,338,049

569,500
569,500

214,167,596
214,167,596

3,657,424
3,657,424
125,537,572
125,537,572

Issue
Issue

price
price

$6.3200
$6.3200

$7.1680
$7.1680

$6.5994
$6.5994
$5.2000
$5.2000

$’000
$’000

100,949
100,949

7,684
7,684

16,759
16,759

1,128
1,128

126,520
126,520

24,136
24,136
652,795
652,795

180,467,446
180,467,446

$5.2700
$5.2700

951,063
951,063

76,961,603
76,961,603
7,692,308
7,692,308

$5.9900
$5.9900
$5.2000
$5.2000

308,300
308,300

608,792,249
608,792,249

461,000
461,000
40,000
40,000
(22,986)
(22,986)
1,354
1,354
4,792
4,792

387
387

2,239,061
2,239,061

$’000
$’000

-
-

Seven West media – annual report 2011    77

      
           
          
                         
      
           
           
            
                
            
              
                
                
           
            
              
       
           
       
           
          
           
            
              
            
                
                
                
                   
                              
                         
                     
           
                     
           
     
           
         
                         
     
           
           
            
                
            
             
                
                
           
            
             
       
           
       
           
          
           
            
             
            
                
                
                
                   
                              
                         
                     
           
                     
           
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

21. ShARE CAPITAL (CoNTINUED)

(C) oRDINARY ShARES
(c) ordinary shares
ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and
ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and
amounts paid on the shares held.
amounts paid on the shares held.

on a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is
on a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one vote, and upon a poll each share is
entitled to one vote.
entitled to one vote.

The total number of shares issued by the Company is 610,327,899 (2010: 216,011,546) and differs from the amount disclosed in note 21(a) as shares 
The total number of shares issued by the Company is 610,327,899 (2010: 216,011,546) and differs from the amount disclosed in note 21(a) as shares 
relating to outstanding loans pursuant to the executive and employee share plans and numbering 1,535,650 shares (2010: 1,843,950) are treated 
relating to outstanding loans pursuant to the executive and employee share plans and numbering 1,535,650 shares (2010: 1,843,950) are treated 
as options.
as options.

(D) CoNVERTIbLE PREfERENCE ShARES (CPS)
(d) Convertible preference shares (CPS)
The full terms and conditions of the CPS are set out in Appendix C of the Explanatory Memorandum in the Proposal to Acquire Seven Media Group
The full terms and conditions of the CPS are set out in Appendix C of the Explanatory Memorandum in the Proposal to Acquire Seven Media Group
issued by Seven West Media Limited (SWM) on 8 March 2011. A summary of these terms is described below and should be read in conjunction with
issued by Seven West Media Limited (SWM) on 8 March 2011. A summary of these terms is described below and should be read in conjunction with
the full CPS Terms of Issue set out in Appendix C of the Proposal.
the full CPS Terms of Issue set out in Appendix C of the Proposal.

The total of 2,500 CPS were issued to Seven Group holdings (SGh) at an issue price of $100,000 per CPS. These may be converted by SGh into a fixed
The total of 2,500 CPS were issued to Seven Group holdings (SGh) at an issue price of $100,000 per CPS. These may be converted by SGh into a fixed
number of fully paid ordinary shares in SWM (SWM Shares) at any time after the release of SWM's accounts for the half-year ending 31 December 2013.
number of fully paid ordinary shares in SWM (SWM Shares) at any time after the release of SWM's accounts for the half-year ending 31 December 2013.
Earlier conversion by SGh of the CPS into SWM Shares is permitted where:
Earlier conversion by SGh of the CPS into SWM Shares is permitted where:

-
-

-
-

-
-

A third party, other than SGh and its associates, makes a takeover bid for SWM that is unanimously recommended by the SWM Directors, or is
A third party, other than SGh and its associates, makes a takeover bid for SWM that is unanimously recommended by the SWM Directors, or is
to acquire all SWM Shares under a scheme of arrangement that has become effective;
to acquire all SWM Shares under a scheme of arrangement that has become effective;
To enable SGh to maintain a shareholding in SWM of no less than 29.6% (less an adjustment for any SWM Shares sold by SGh) in the event of
To enable SGh to maintain a shareholding in SWM of no less than 29.6% (less an adjustment for any SWM Shares sold by SGh) in the event of
any issue of SWM Shares; and
any issue of SWM Shares; and
To the extent permitted by the SWM board in writing.
To the extent permitted by the SWM board in writing.

At conversion by SGh, SWM may at its discretion elect whether to settle in SWM Shares or in cash. If SWM elects to settle in cash, the number of
At conversion by SGh, SWM may at its discretion elect whether to settle in SWM Shares or in cash. If SWM elects to settle in cash, the number of
SWM Shares into which each CPS will be converted will be calculated by multiplying the number of CPS being converted by the "conversion ratio."
SWM Shares into which each CPS will be converted will be calculated by multiplying the number of CPS being converted by the "conversion ratio."
The conversion ratio is equal to the issue price adjusted by 7.143% per annum (compounded on a semi-annual basis) up to the fifth anniversary of
The conversion ratio is equal to the issue price adjusted by 7.143% per annum (compounded on a semi-annual basis) up to the fifth anniversary of
the date of issue of the CPS and then adjusted by 9.143% per annum (compounded on a semi-annual basis) thereafter (the "adjusted issue price")
the date of issue of the CPS and then adjusted by 9.143% per annum (compounded on a semi-annual basis) thereafter (the "adjusted issue price")
divided by the conversion price of $6.68.
divided by the conversion price of $6.68.

If SWM elects to settle in cash, SWM will pay a cash amount for each CPS equal to the number of SWM Shares into which the CPS would have been
If SWM elects to settle in cash, SWM will pay a cash amount for each CPS equal to the number of SWM Shares into which the CPS would have been
converted multiplied by the average of the daily VWAPs (volume weighted average prices) of the SWM shares over the 10 trading days
converted multiplied by the average of the daily VWAPs (volume weighted average prices) of the SWM shares over the 10 trading days
commencing on the date of service of the conversion notice.
commencing on the date of service of the conversion notice.

The CPS are otherwise redeemable by SWM at the adjusted issue price five years from the date of issue, and on every half-year anniversary thereafter,
The CPS are otherwise redeemable by SWM at the adjusted issue price five years from the date of issue, and on every half-year anniversary thereafter,
at the sole discretion of SWM with the form of settlement also at the discretion of SWM, in either SWM Shares or cash. The CPS are also redeemable
at the sole discretion of SWM with the form of settlement also at the discretion of SWM, in either SWM Shares or cash. The CPS are also redeemable
at any time on the occurrence of standard tax and regulatory events. If SWM elects to settle in SWM Shares, the number of SWM Shares into which
at any time on the occurrence of standard tax and regulatory events. If SWM elects to settle in SWM Shares, the number of SWM Shares into which
each CPS will be converted will be calculated by dividing the adjusted issue price by the average of the daily VWAPs of the SWM shares over five trading
each CPS will be converted will be calculated by dividing the adjusted issue price by the average of the daily VWAPs of the SWM shares over five trading
days prior to the date of conversion (calculated at a 5% discount). If SWM elects to settle in cash, SWM will pay a cash amount for each CPS equal to
days prior to the date of conversion (calculated at a 5% discount). If SWM elects to settle in cash, SWM will pay a cash amount for each CPS equal to
the adjusted issue price. In the case of tax and regulatory events, SWM's obligations to settle in SWM Shares or in cash will be calculated using 103%
the adjusted issue price. In the case of tax and regulatory events, SWM's obligations to settle in SWM Shares or in cash will be calculated using 103%
of the adjusted issue price.
of the adjusted issue price.

The conversion price will be adjusted following any reconstruction, consolidation, division, reclassification, securities issue or rights offer (subject
The conversion price will be adjusted following any reconstruction, consolidation, division, reclassification, securities issue or rights offer (subject
to customary exceptions) to ensure that CPS holders are placed in a similar economic position prior to the occurrence of the event that gave rise to
to customary exceptions) to ensure that CPS holders are placed in a similar economic position prior to the occurrence of the event that gave rise to
the adjustment. The conversion price will also be adjusted downwards for any dividends paid to SWM Shareholders over and above an annual
the adjustment. The conversion price will also be adjusted downwards for any dividends paid to SWM Shareholders over and above an annual
reference dividend yield of 6.5% (excluding franking credits), initially calculated with reference to the first full year of ordinary dividends for
reference dividend yield of 6.5% (excluding franking credits), initially calculated with reference to the first full year of ordinary dividends for
financial year 2012.
financial year 2012.

78

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

21. ShARE CAPITAL (CoNTINUED)
21. ShARE CAPITAL (CoNTINUED)

SWM may not issue any preferred securities ranking ahead of the CPS without consent of the holders of 75% of the CPS. Voting rights are limited
SWM may not issue any preferred securities ranking ahead of the CPS without consent of the holders of 75% of the CPS. Voting rights are limited
SWM may not issue any preferred securities ranking ahead of the CPS without consent of the holders of 75% of the CPS. Voting rights are limited
to those set out in Listing Rule 6.3. The CPS do not confer any dividend rights, although the conversion price may be adjusted as described above.
to those set out in Listing Rule 6.3. The CPS do not confer any dividend rights, although the conversion price may be adjusted as described above.
to those set out in Listing Rule 6.3. The CPS do not confer any dividend rights, although the conversion price may be adjusted as described above.
Unless the CPS are redeemed, repurchased or exchanged by the fifth anniversary of their date of issue, SWM may not pay dividends, return capital
Unless the CPS are redeemed, repurchased or exchanged by the fifth anniversary of their date of issue, SWM may not pay dividends, return capital
Unless the CPS are redeemed, repurchased or exchanged by the fifth anniversary of their date of issue, SWM may not pay dividends, return capital
or otherwise distribute value to any equal or lower ranking securityholders until all CPS have been redeemed, repurchased or exchanged (subject
or otherwise distribute value to any equal or lower ranking securityholders until all CPS have been redeemed, repurchased or exchanged (subject
or otherwise distribute value to any equal or lower ranking securityholders until all CPS have been redeemed, repurchased or exchanged (subject
to certain limited exceptions).
to certain limited exceptions).
to certain limited exceptions).

(E) DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
(E) DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
(e) Dividend reinvestment plan
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of their dividend 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of their dividend 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of their dividend 

entitlements satisfied by the issue of new ordinary shares rather then by being paid in cash. Shares are issued under the plan at a price determined
entitlements satisfied by the issue of new ordinary shares rather then by being paid in cash. Shares are issued under the plan at a price determined
entitlements satisfied by the issue of new ordinary shares rather then by being paid in cash. Shares are issued under the plan at a price determined
by the board. The operation of the dividend reinvestment plan for any dividend is at the descretion of the board.
by the board. The operation of the dividend reinvestment plan for any dividend is at the descretion of the board.
by the board. The operation of the dividend reinvestment plan for any dividend is at the descretion of the board.

(f) ShARE bUY-bACKS
(f) ShARE bUY-bACKS
(f) Share buy-backs

There is no current on-market buy-back.
There is no current on-market buy-back.
There is no current on-market buy-back.

(G) CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(G) CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
(g) Capital risk management

The Group's and the Parent Entity's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can 
The Group's and the Parent Entity's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can 
The Group's and the Parent Entity's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can 

continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of
continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of
continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of

capital.
capital.
capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, 

issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

22. RESERVES
22. RESERVES

Equity compensation reserve
Equity compensation reserve

hedging reserve - cash flow hedges
hedging reserve - cash flow hedges

Nature and purpose of reserves
Nature and purpose of reserves

Equity compensation reserve
Equity compensation reserve

2011
2011

$’000
$’000

217
217

(58)
(58)

159
159

2010
2010

$’000
$’000

149
149

(562)
(562)

(413)
(413)

The equity compensation reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share rights granted as compensation.
The equity compensation reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share rights granted as compensation.

Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges
Hedging reserve – cash flow hedges

The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in other comprehensive 
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in other comprehensive 

income, as described in note 1(p).  Amounts are recognised in profit or loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.
income, as described in note 1(p).  Amounts are recognised in profit or loss when the associated hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

for movements in reserves during the year, refer to the statement of changes in equity.
for movements in reserves during the year, refer to the statement of changes in equity.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    79

                   
                   
                    
                  
                   
                  
                   
                   
                    
                  
                   
                  
Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Seven West Media Limited
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

23. DIVIDENDS

Final ordinary dividend for the year ended 30 June 2010 of 26 cents per share (2009: 10 cents), fully franked 

based on tax paid at 30%, paid on 30 September 2010 (2009: 30 September 2009)

55,804

21,071

2011
$’000

2010
$’000

Interim ordinary dividend for the year ended 25 June 2011 of 19 cents per share (2010: 19 cents), 
fully franked based on tax paid at 30%, paid on 31 March 2011 (2010: 31 March 2010)

Dividends not recognised at year end

In addition to the above dividends, since year end the directors have declared a final dividend of 26 cents per 
ordinary share (2010: 26 cents), fully franked based on tax paid at the rate of 30%.  The aggregate amount 
of the dividend payable on 14 October 2011, but not recognised as a liability at year end, is 

Franked dividends

The franked dividend declared after 25 June 2011 will be franked out of existing franking credits or out of 
franking credits arising from the receipt of franked dividends and the payment of income tax 
in the year ending 30 June 2012.

41,503

97,307

40,309

61,380

158,380

55,797

Franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on a tax rate of 30% (2010: 30%)

14,978

20,718

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:
(a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability;
(b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date; and
(c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend declared by the directors since year end, but not recognised as a liability at year end, will be a 
reduction in the franking account by $68,008,000 (2010: $24,070,000).

24. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL DISCLoSURES
24. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL DISCLOSURES

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits
 -
 -
Share-based payments

Superannuation
Termination benefits

2011
$

2010
$

5,731,303

4,291,916

165,986
-
284,981

181,436
211,951
235,364

6,182,270

4,920,667

Detailed remuneration disclosures in respect of directors and each key management person are provided in the remuneration report on pages 33 to 42.

Equity instrument disclosures relating to key management personnel

Share rights provided as remuneration and shares issued on exercise of such rights

Share rights provided as remuneration and shares issued on the exercise of such rights, together with the terms and conditions of the rights, can be
found in Section D of the remuneration report on page 42.

80

                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
                  
                  
          
             
              
                
                               
                
              
                
          
             
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

24. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL DISCLoSURES (CoNTINUED)

Share right holdings

The numbers of share rights over ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial year by each director of Seven West Media Limited

and other key management personnel of the Group, including their personally-related parties, are set out below.  No share rights were granted

as compensation during the previous financial year.

2011

Name

Key management personnel of the Group:

balance at 

Granted

the start of 

as compen-

balance at 

the end of 

the year

sation

Exercised

the year

Vested

Unvested

CS Wharton

-

41,081

-

41,081

-

41,081

Shareholdings

The numbers of ordinary shares in the Company held during the financial year by each director  of Seven West Media Limited and other key

management personnel  of the Group, including their personally-related entities, are set out below.

2011

Name

Directors of Seven West Media Limited:

Ordinary shares

KM Stokes AC

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

DJ Leckie (appointed 16/5/11)

b McWilliam (alternate)

JC Reizes (appointed 19/4/11)

RK Stokes (alternate)

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

Convertible preference shares

KM Stokes AC

Other key management personnel of the Group:

Ordinary shares

DM bignold

RA billington

PJ bryant

KJ burnette

N Chan

PJ Lewis

bA McCarthy

LM Roche

CS Wharton

TG Worner

Shares 

received 

during the 

balance at 

year as 

other 

changes 

the start of 

compen-

during the 

the year

sation

year

balance at 

the end of 

the year

51,634,405

8,206

8,420

7,284

-

-

31,839 (iii)

-

7,054

22,069

-

2,000

9,084

1,720

-

-

-

-

34,500

16,218

-

8,277

4,687

4,686

4,687

-

-

764

-

4,687

9,373

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

129,077,534

180,720,216

15,799

6,506

30,785

751,252 (i)

297,938 (ii)

-

39,846

5,141

16,321

28,692

19,612

42,756

751,252

297,938

32,603

39,846

16,882

47,763

2,500

2,500

1,282

250

9,125

5,843 (i)

165,275 (i)

172,788 (i)

1,900

-

24,061

262,938 (i)

3,282

9,334

10,845

5,843

165,275

172,788

1,900

34,500

40,279

262,938

Seven West media – annual report 2011    81

                         
              
                         
              
                              
                  
     
                
       
       
                
                
                  
                  
                
                
                     
                  
                
                
                  
                  
                         
                         
                
                         
                         
                
                   
                              
                  
                         
                         
                  
                  
                
                
                     
                  
              
                
                  
                  
                         
                         
                     
                     
                
                         
                     
                     
                
                         
                        
                     
                
                         
                     
                  
                         
                         
                     
                         
                         
                
                         
                         
                
                         
                         
                     
                     
              
                         
                              
                  
              
                         
                  
                  
                         
                         
                
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

24. KEY MANAGEMENT PERSoNNEL DISCLoSURES (CoNTINUED)

Shareholdings (continued)
(i)

These shares are subject to an escrow which expires on the date the Company's results for the 2012 financial year are announced.

262,938 of these shares are subject to an escrow which expires on the date the Company's results for the 2012 financial year are announced.

balance at date of appointment.

(ii)

(iii)

2010

Name

Directors of Seven West Media Limited:

Ordinary shares

KM Stokes AC

DR flynn

PJT Gammell

GT John Ao

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

Other key management personnel of the Group:

Ordinary shares

DM bignold (appointed 1/8/09)

RA billington

PJ bryant

TL Garven (retired 6/11/09)

LM Roche

Pf Stevens (retired 30/11/09)

CS Wharton

(i)

balance at date of retirement

Shares held under suspended share plans

Shares 

received 

during the 

balance at 

year as 

other 

changes 

the start of 

compen-

during the 

the year

sation

year

balance at 

the end of 

the year

49,301,667

10,015

2,322,723

51,634,405

4,386

4,322

3,233

3,233

6,466

-

8,943

1,720

197,559

30,200

27,449

10,211

3,820

3,821

3,820

3,821

7,641

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

277

231

-

7,962

2,000

141

-

-

4,300

-

6,007

8,206

8,420

7,284

7,054

22,069

2,000

9,084

1,720

197,559 (i)

34,500

27,449 (i)

16,218

The numbers of shares in the Company held under suspended employee and executive share plans during the financial year and treated as options by 

each of the key management personnel of the Group, are set out below.  All shares held under the plans are vested.

2011

Name

Key management personnel of the Group:

LM Roche

2010

Name

Key management personnel of the Group:

LM Roche

Pf Stevens (retired 30/11/09)

(i)

balance at date of retirement

for further details of shares held under share plans, refer notes 1(w)(iii) and 32.

82

balance at

Changes 

balance at 

the start of 

during the 

 the end of 

the year

year

the year

69,800

-

69,800

balance at

Changes 

balance at 

the start of 

during the 

 the end of 

the year

year

the year

74,100

113,700

(4,300)

69,800

-

113,700 (i)

     
              
            
          
                
                
                              
                     
                
                
                        
                     
                
                
                        
                     
                
                
                              
                     
                
                
                     
                  
                         
                         
                     
                     
                
                         
                        
                     
                
                         
                              
                     
           
                         
                              
              
                         
                     
                  
              
                         
                              
              
                         
                     
                  
              
                  
              
                   
                  
           
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

25. REMUNERATIoN of AUDIToRS 

PwC Australia

(i) Audit and other assurance services

Audit or review of the financial statements

other audit and assurance services

Total remuneration  for audit and other assurance services

(ii) Taxation services

Taxation consultancy services

Taxation compliance services

Total remuneration  for taxation  services

(iii) Other services

Advisory services

Services relating to the acquisition of SMG

Total remuneration for other services

Total remuneration of PwC Australia

other audit firms

(i) Audit and other assurance services

Audit or review of the financial statements

(ii) Other services

Advisory services

Total remuneration of non-PwC audit firms

26. CoNTINGENT LIAbILITIES

2011

$

2010

$

393,179

36,303

429,482

76,100

52,500

128,600

2,000

3,182,975

3,184,975

264,640

107,236

371,876

129,775

49,150

178,925

7,350

-

7,350

3,743,057

558,151

260,000

18,374

278,374

-

-
-

Participation in media involves particular risks associated with defamation litigation and litigation to protect media rights.

The nature of the Group's activities is such that, from time to time, claims are received or made by the Group. The directors are of the opinion that

there are no material claims that require disclosure of such a contingent liability.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    83

          
           
            
           
          
           
            
           
            
              
          
           
               
                
      
                         
      
                
      
           
          
                   
            
                   
          
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

27. CoMMITMENTS

Capital expenditure commitments

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment contracted for at the reporting date but not

recognised as liabilities, payable within one year.

11,507

2,105

operating lease commitments

The Group leases various offices, equipment, sites and residential premises under non-cancellable  operating leases expiring within one year to 19

years (2010:  9 years).  The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses  and renewal rights.  on renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised

as liabilities, payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

20,809

69,748

176,920

267,477

1,095

2,148

234

3,477

Contracts for purchase of television programs and sporting broadcast rights

Commitments for minimum payments in relation to non-cancellable  purchase contracts of television programs and sporting broadcast rights at the

reporting date but not recognised as liabilities, payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

Contracts for employee services

259,337

694,433

140,048

1,093,818

Commitments for minimum payments in relation to non-cancellable  contracts for employee services at the reporting date but not  recognised as

liabilities, payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Contracts for other services

65,838

34,221

100,059

Commitments for minimum payments in relation to non-cancellable  contracts for other services at the reporting date but not recognised

 as liabilities, payable:

Within one year

Later than one year but not later than five years

Later than five years

84

29,324

38,850

6,435

74,609

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

            
                
            
                
            
                
          
                   
          
                
          
                         
          
                         
          
                         
      
                         
            
                         
            
                         
          
                         
            
                         
            
                         
               
                         
            
                         
Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Seven West Media Limited
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Parent entity
Seven West Media Limited is the ultimate Australian parent entity within the Group.

Subsidiaries
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 30.

Key management personnel
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 24.

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

Sale of goods, advertising and other services

Printing services to associate

Advertising services to associate
Advertising to entities of which directors of the Group are directors
Advertising and other services to entities controlled or jointly controlled by an entity of which the Group

was an associate during the year

Communications services to an entity controlled by an entity of  which the Group is an associate
Recharge of utilities and services usage to associates
Recharge of rent and salaries to an entity controlled by an entity of which the Group is an associate
Advertising and other services and recharge of operating expenses to an entity jointly controlled by the Group
Recharge of operating expenses and printing and other services to entities controlled by an entity of which

the Group is an associate

AFL highlights footage to an entity of which a director of the Group is a commissioner

Purchase of goods, advertising and other services

Advertising and other services from entities jointly controlled by an entity of which the Group

was an associate during the year

Ratings reports, broadcast transmission services, sales services and studio facility hire from associates of the Group
Engineering services from an entity jointly controlled by an entity of which the Group was an associate
Transport, facility hire and function management from an entity of which the Group was an associate
Advertising and other services from an entity jointly controlled by the Group
Equipment maintenance services from an entity controlled by an entity of which the Group is an associate
Internet service from an entity controlled by an entity of which the Group is an associate
Rent paid to an entity of which a director of the Group is a director
Equipment hire and printing services from entities of which directors of the Group are directors
AFL free-to-air television rights from an entity of which a director of the Group is a commissioner

Other transactions

A company in the Group has contributed funds of $3,077,057 to an entity which is an associate of the Group.

2011
$

2010
$

4,878,293

        4,472,376 

592,467
272,080

                         - 
                         - 

1,142,512
65,109
47,011
337,531
488,831

           626,712 
              79,664 
                         - 
                         - 
                         - 

101,408
6,540

                         - 
                         - 

401,494
2,114,175
-
-
271,105
1,317
22,473
657,088
14,037
8,844,749

           719,311 
                         - 
              49,180 
           163,330 
                         - 
                         - 
                         - 
                         - 
                         - 
                         - 

Some employees were previously part of the SMG Pty Limited Management Equity Plan (MEP). This plan was cancelled prior to the transaction
between WAN and SMG and its controlled entities. A condition of the cancellation of the 2010 MEP was that employees remained employed by
SWM up until the 2011 SWM results release date being 24 August 2011. The total value under the MEP that relates to the period from 12 April
2011 to 25 June 2011 was estimated at $565,000.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    85

      
          
          
      
            
            
          
          
          
               
          
      
                          
                          
          
               
            
          
            
      
Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Seven West Media Limited
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIoNS (CoNTINUED)
28. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

Website arrangement

The Company has entered into an arrangement with an entity jointly controlled by the Group.  The arrangement provides for the sharing of costs

and revenue in relation to the Group's website. The terms of the arrangement were commercially negotiated on an arms length basis.

Outstanding balances arising from sales/purchases of goods, advertising and other services

The following balances are outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to transactions with related parties:

Current receivables (sales of goods, advertising and other services)

Associates

Jointly controlled entity
Entities controlled or jointly controlled by an entity of which the Group is an associate
Entities of which directors of the Group are directors
Entity of which a director of the Group is a commissioner

Current payables (purchase of goods, advertising and other services)

Associates

Jointly controlled entity
Entities controlled or jointly controlled by an entity of which the Group is an associate

2011
$

2010
$

413,091

           341,588 

261,377
287,642
8,300
6,540

                         - 
              80,259 
                         - 
                         - 

658,543

                         - 

684,809
738

                         - 
           209,633 

There is no allowance account for impaired receivables in relation to any outstanding balances, and no expense has been recognised in respect
of impaired receivables due from related parties.

Terms and conditions

Transactions were made on normal commercial terms and conditions.

86

          
          
          
               
               
          
          
                    
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

29. ACqUISITIoN of SUbSIDIARY

on 12 April 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of SMG (h1) Pty Limited ("SMG"), an unlisted Australian media company, to become a
on 12 April 2011 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of SMG (h1) Pty Limited ("SMG"), an unlisted Australian media company, to become a
major Australian diversified media group. SMG owns Seven Network (Australia's leading free-to-air television network), Pacific Magazines (Australia's
major Australian diversified media group. SMG owns Seven Network (Australia's leading free-to-air television network), Pacific Magazines (Australia's
second largest magazine business) and has a 50% interest in Yahoo!7, one of Australia's largest online platforms.
second largest magazine business) and has a 50% interest in Yahoo!7, one of Australia's largest online platforms.

During the period from 12 April 2011 to 25 June 2011 SMG contributed $318,873,000 of revenue and $60,948,000 of net profit before tax to the 
During the period from 12 April 2011 to 25 June 2011 SMG contributed $318,873,000 of revenue and $60,948,000 of net profit before tax to the 
Group's results. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2010, management estimates that consolidated revenue would have been $1,941,476,000
Group's results. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2010, management estimates that consolidated revenue would have been $1,941,476,000
and consolidated profit before tax would have been $349,733,000.
and consolidated profit before tax would have been $349,733,000.

The accounting for the acquisition of SMG includes provisional amounts based on the best information available as at the reporting date.
The accounting for the acquisition of SMG includes provisional amounts based on the best information available as at the reporting date.

Details of the acquisition are as follows:
Details of the acquisition are as follows:

Consideration
Consideration

ordinary shares issued (180,467,446 shares @ $5.27) (a)
ordinary shares issued (180,467,446 shares @ $5.27) (a)

Convertible preference shares (CPS) issued (refer note 21)
Convertible preference shares (CPS) issued (refer note 21)

Total consideration
Total consideration

(a) The fair value of the ordinary shares was based on the listed share price of the Company on 12 April 2011.
(a) The fair value of the ordinary shares was based on the listed share price of the Company on 12 April 2011.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables
Program rights and inventories
Program rights and inventories
Current tax assets
Current tax assets
other
other
Investments in equity accounted investees
Investments in equity-accounted investees
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Provisions
Deferred income
Deferred income
borrowings
borrowings

Fair value of net identifiable assets (b)
Fair value of net identifiable assets (b)

(b) The fair value of assets acquired were based on valuations provided by independent experts.
(b) The fair value of assets acquired were based on valuations provided by independent experts.

Goodwill on acquisition
Goodwill on acquisition

Total consideration
Total consideration

Less fair value of net identifiable assets
Less fair value of net identifiable assets

Goodwill
Goodwill

The goodwill is mainly attributable to the skills and experience of the workforce within the television and magazine businesses. None of
The goodwill is mainly attributable to the skills and experience of the workforce within the television and magazine businesses. None of
the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Cash inflow on acquisition
Cash inflow on acquisition

Cash acquired on acquisition
Cash acquired on acquisition

Net consolidated cash inflow on acquisition
Net consolidated cash inflow on acquisition

2011
2011
$’000
$’000

951,063
951,063

250,000
250,000

1,201,063
1,201,063

65,881
65,881

278,941
278,941
104,295
104,295
26,152
26,152
4,603
4,603
333,200
333,200
78,834
78,834
2,496,020
2,496,020
28,922
28,922
(415,864)
(415,864)
(60,895)
(60,895)
(34,681)
(34,681)
(2,939,820)
(2,939,820)

(34,412)
(34,412)

1,201,063
1,201,063

34,412
34,412

1,235,475
1,235,475

(65,881)
(65,881)

(65,881)
(65,881)

Seven West media – annual report 2011    87

          
          
      
            
          
          
            
               
          
            
      
            
        
           
           
    
           
      
            
      
           
           
         
         
     
            
         
         
            
              
         
            
     
            
        
          
          
    
          
     
            
     
          
          
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

29. ACqUISITIoN of SUbSIDIARY (CoNTINUED)

Acquisition costs

The Group incurred acquisition-related costs of $26,380,000 related to legal fees and due diligence costs. These have been included separately in the

Group's consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

30. INVESTMENTS IN CoNTRoLLED ENTITIES

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting

policy described in note 1(b).

harlesden Investments Pty Ltd

Western Mail operations Pty Ltd

West Australian Newspapers Limited

Albany Advertiser Pty Ltd

ComsNet Pty Ltd

Colorpress Australia Pty Ltd

ColourPress Pty Ltd

Geraldton Newspapers Pty Ltd

Geraldton fM Pty Ltd

Great Northern broadcasters Pty Ltd

herdsman Print Centre Pty Ltd

herdspress Leasing Pty Ltd

hocking & Co. Pty Ltd

quokka West Pty Ltd

Redwave Media Pty Ltd

North West Radio Pty Ltd

Australian Regional broadcasters Pty Ltd

Spirit Radio Network Pty Ltd

South West Printing and Publishing Company Limited

W.A. broadcasters Pty Ltd

quokka Press Pty Ltd

Dansted and McCabe holdings Pty Ltd

Riverlaw holdings Pty Limited

West Australian Entertainment Pty Ltd

WAN Cinemas Pty Limited

Western Mail Pty Ltd

Westroyal Pty Ltd

Australian National Television Pty Limited

Australian Television International Pty Limited

Australian Television Network Limited

Channel Seven Adelaide Pty Limited

Channel Seven brisbane Pty Limited

Channel Seven MelbournePty Limited

Channel Seven Perth Pty Limited

Channel Seven queensland Pty Limited

Channel Seven Sydney Pty Limited

Cobbittee Publications Pty Limited

Dodds Street Properties Pty Limited

faxcast Australia  Pty Limited

88

ownership interest

Notes

Country of 
incorporation

2011

%

2010

%

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

30. INVESTMENTS IN CoNTRoLLED ENTITIES (CoNTINUED)

Impact Merchandising Pty Limited

Jupelly Pty Limited

Kenjins Pty Limited

Pacific MM Pty Limited

Pacific Magazines Pty Limited

Pacific Magazines Trust

Pacific Magazines (No. 2) Pty Limited

Pacific Magazines NZ Limited

Pacific Magazines (PP) Pty Ltd

Pacific Magazines (PP) holdings Pty Ltd

Pacific Magazines (Who) Pty Ltd

Red Publishing Pty Limited

Seven Magazines Pty Limited

Seven Network Programming Pty Limited

Seven Network (operations) Limited

Seven Regional operations Pty Limited

Seven Satellite Pty Limited

Seven Television Australia Limited

SMG Executives Pty Limited

SMG h1 Pty Limited

SMG h2 Pty Limited

SMG h3 Pty Limited

SMG h4 Pty Limited

SMG h5 Pty Limited

SMG h2 (Victoria) Pty Limited

Southdown Publications Pty Limited

Sunshine broadcasting Network Limited

The Pacific Plus Company Pty Limited

West Central Seven Limited 

Wide bay - burnett Television Limited

Zangerside Pty Limited

Zed holdings Pty Limited

ownership interest

Notes

Country of 
incorporation

2011

%

2010

%

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(b)

(b)

(b)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

(c)

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(i) All subsidiaries are wholly-owned and, except for 100,000 preference shares held in West Australian Newspapers Limited (2010: 100,000), the class
(i) All subsidiaries are wholly-owned and, except for 100,000 preference shares held in West Australian Newspapers Limited (2010: 100,000), the class
of shares is ordinary.
of shares is ordinary.

(a) 
(a) 

(b)
(b)

(c)
(c)

These controlled entities  entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with Seven West Media Limited under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as amended)
These controlled entities  entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with Seven West Media Limited under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as amended)
dated 8 April 2004  on 8 April 2004 or by Assumption Deeds prior to 30 June 2009.
dated 8 April 2004  on 8 April 2004 or by Assumption Deeds prior to 30 June 2009.

These controlled entities  joined Seven West Media Limited's Deed of Cross Guarantee under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as amended) dated
These controlled entities  joined Seven West Media Limited's Deed of Cross Guarantee under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as amended) dated
8 April 2004 on 20 June 2011 by Assumption Deed.
8 April 2004 on 20 June 2011 by Assumption Deed.

These controlled entities  entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with SMG (h4) Pty Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Seven West Media
These controlled entities  entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee with SMG h4 Pty Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Seven West Media
Limited, under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as  amended) dated 13 August 1998  on 22 June 2007 or by Assumption Deeds on 23 June 2008 and
Limited, under ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as  amended) dated 13 August 1998  on 22 June 2007 or by Assumption Deeds on 23 June 2008 and
25 May 2011.
25 May 2011.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    89

                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
                   
                         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

30. INVESTMENTS IN CoNTRoLLED ENTITIES (CoNTINUED)

Pursuant to ASIC Class order 98/1418 (as amended) certain wholly-owned subsidiaries, as noted above, are relieved from the Corporations Act 2001

requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of financial reports and directors’ reports.

It is a condition of the Class order that the 'holding Entity' and each of the wholly-owned subsidiaries enter into a Deed of Cross Guarantee under

which each company guarantees the debts of the others.

Seven West Media Limited and its subsidiaries represent a 'Closed Group' for the purposes of the Seven West Media Limited Class order, and as there

are no other parties to its Deed of Cross Guarantee that are controlled by Seven West Media Limited, they also represent the 'Extended Closed Group.'

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income and summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings for the year ended 25 June 2011

of the Seven West Media Limited Closed Group is presented below according to the Seven West Media Limited Class order:

Statement of comprehensive income

Revenue

other income

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding program rights amortisation)

Advertising and marketing expenses

Printing, selling and distribution (including newsprint and paper)

Media content (including program rights amortisation)

Employee benefits expense

Raw materials and consumables used (excluding newsprint and paper)

Repairs and maintenance

Licence fees

Transaction costs

other expenses from ordinary activities

Share of net profit of equity accounted investees

Profit before net finance costs and income tax

finance income

finance costs

Net finance costs

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Interest rate cash flow hedges

Income tax relating to components of other  comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings

Retained earnings at the beginning of the year

Profit for the year

Dividends provided for or paid

Retained earnings at the end of the year

90

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

406,818

408,691

73

(21,613)

(5,820)

(68,799)

(6,949)

468

(20,932)

(5,991)

(75,403)

(6,087)

(117,034)

(111,816)

(9,277)

(6,351)

(554)

(26,380)

(23,814)

4,627

(9,326)

(5,780)

-

-

(24,129)

3,869

124,927

153,564

9,905

(17,801)

(7,896)

483

(19,938)

(19,455)

117,031

134,109

(40,057)

(37,886)

76,974

96,223

280

(84)

196

3,334

(1,000)

2,334

77,170

98,557

4,444

76,974

(97,307)

(15,889)

(30,399)

96,223

(61,380)

4,444

          
           
                     
                   
           
            
             
               
           
            
             
               
        
          
             
               
             
               
                 
                         
           
           
            
               
                
          
           
               
                   
           
            
             
            
          
           
           
            
            
              
                   
                
                    
               
                   
                
            
              
               
            
            
              
           
            
           
                
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

30. INVESTMENTS IN CoNTRoLLED ENTITIES (CoNTINUED)

The consolidated statement of financial position for the year ended 25 June 2011 of the Seven West Media Limited Closed Group is presented below

according to the Seven West Media Limited Class order:

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Program rights and inventories

other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

other receivables

Investments accounted for using the equity method

Investments in controlled entities

Available-for-sale financial assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIAbILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred income

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EqUITY
Share capital

Reserves

Non-controlling interests

Retained earnings

Total equity

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

114,261

166,056

15,302

1,903

297,522

222,574

11,604

217,945

777

203,739

134,097

790,736

1,088,258

17,027

136,000

9,718

13,592

-

176,337

279

80,000

6,250

933

87,462

263,799

824,459

12,065

54,452

13,123

3,253

82,893

-

11,228

-

777

213,523

132,869

358,397

441,290

15,278

-

6,434

13,644

1,962

37,318

547

261,000

10,924

950

273,421

310,739

130,551

2,489,061

126,520

(149)

(1,648,564)

(15,889)

(413)

-

4,444

824,459

130,551

Seven West media – annual report 2011    91

          
              
          
              
            
              
               
                
          
              
          
                         
            
              
          
                         
                   
                   
          
           
          
           
          
           
      
           
            
              
          
                         
               
                
            
              
                         
                
          
              
                   
                   
            
           
               
              
                   
                   
            
           
          
           
          
           
      
           
                 
                  
    
                         
           
                
          
           
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

31. EARNINGS PER ShARE

basic earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company.

Diluted earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company.

Earnings used in calculating earnings per share

Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic and diluted

earnings per share.

2011

2010

38.6 cents

45.4 cents

37.5 cents

45.0 cents

2011

$’000

2010

$’000

115,122

96,223

2011

Number

2010

Number

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year used in the calculation of basic

earnings per share.

298,132,960

211,825,350

Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:

-

-

Convertible Preference Shares (CPS)

6,861,277

-

Shares issued pursuant to the suspended executive and employee share plans treated as options

deemed to have been converted into ordinary shares at the beginning of the financial year

1,689,801

2,128,700

Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator 

in calculating diluted earnings per share

306,684,038

213,954,050

92

              
     
      
          
                         
          
           
     
      
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

32. ShARE-bASED PAYMENTS

The total expense recognised for share-based payments for all plans during the financial year for the Group was $284,981 (2010: $235,364).

Details of share-based plans in operation are as follows:

Share rights granted as compensation

(i) Long term incentive (LTI) program – chief executive officer (CEO)

The theme of linking remuneration policy directly to company performance for 2010/11 is extended to LTIs granted to the CEo, who is entitled to 

receive share rights on the basis outlined below.

The CEo’s LTI program, under which equity in the Company can be earned, has two hurdles, or assessment points, which ultimately determine his 

LTI entitlement.

The first hurdle provides access to the program, and establishes an unvested number of share rights.  The second hurdle determines the number of 

shares that vest and thus will be received by the CEo.

Under the first hurdle, which is applied annually on 30 June, the CEo may be granted unvested share rights, in accordance with the following:
- Where reported EPS growth for the year is equal to CPI + 6%, the CEo is granted an allocation equal in value to 25% of his fixed annual 

remuneration (fAR).

- Where reported EPS growth for the year is equal to CPI + 8%, the CEo is granted an allocation equal in value to 50% of his fAR.
- Where reported EPS growth is between the two thresholds above, the allocation is determined on a pro-rata basis.

once share rights have been granted, a second hurdle is applied to determine the number of shares that will ultimately vest.

The second hurdle is assessed three years after the shares were granted.  The second hurdle is based on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR).

The TSR performance hurdles are:
-
-

If TSR is within the 50-75 percentile of a comparative group, then the percentage ranking, multiplied by the available LTI share rights, will vest. 

If TSR is within the 75-100 percentile of a comparative group, then the percentage of available LTI share rights that vest will be from 75% to 150% 

of the available share rights, calculated on a pro-rata basis.

In the event that minimum TSR performance hurdle for year three is not achieved, the share rights granted can be carried forward for two years, with a 

re-test performed in each of these years, based on the TSR over four or five years respectively.

The maximum value of shares issued under the LTI program, assuming all hurdles are passed at the highest level, equates to 75% of the CEo’s fAR.

Details of discretionary share rights granted as compensation to Mr CS Wharton, the CEo, during the financial year are as follows (no share rights

were granted during the previous financial year):

Vesting conditions

Number of rights granted

Class of equity right

Grant date

first test date

Expiry date

fair value at grant date

Valuation methodology

Expected vesting date

Expensed in 2010/11

Total value of grant

Percentage/forfeited in 2010/11

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

41,081

ordinary

3 August 2010

3 August 2013

3 August 2015

$4.95

Monte Carlo simulation

3 August 2013

$67,784

$203,351

0%

Seven West media – annual report 2011    93

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

32. ShARE-bASED PAYMENTS (CoNTINUED)

The board believes it is in the best interest of the Company to ensure that the CEo’s annual remuneration package is reasonable and represents an 

appropriate reward for both the financial and operational results achieved during the period.  The board therefore reserves the right to, in exceptional 

circumstances, make a discretionary allocation of share rights to the CEo.

Non-executive directors share plan

In order to more closely align the interests of the non-executive directors with shareholder interests in the creation of value for shareholders as a   

whole, non-executive directors are obliged to receive at least 25% of their annual fees as shares in the Company. These shares are purchased on-

market at prevailing prices and must be held for ten years unless the director retires or a specified event occurs, such as if a takeover bid is made 

for the Company.

The total number of shares received by directors of the Company during the financial year in accordance with the plan was 37,161 (2010: 32,938).  The 

total value of shares received by directors during the financial year in accordance with the plan was $217,197 (2010: $235,364), as determined by the 

observed market price.

Executive and employee share plans

Plans for the purchase of shares in the Company by executives and employees have been suspended and have not been used since 2002.  Details of 

the plans are as follows:

The issue price of shares allotted under the plans was the average sale price of all shares sold on the ASX during the five days preceding allotment. 

Under the plans West Australian Newspapers Limited (a subsidiary), lent the full issue price to employees/executives on an interest-free basis. Loans

were secured by share mortgages/liens over shares issued in accordance with the plans and during employment are repaid from net dividends (after 

taxation). While shares are subject to these restrictions, they are not permitted to be hedged or in any other way dealt with.

In the event of cessation of employment of employees/executives, loans are repayable but West Australian Newspapers Limited cannot claim or

demand outstanding moneys other than to the extent of proceeds realised from the disposal of shares secured under the plans.

The total number of shares issued under the plans in the previous five years must not exceed 5% of the total number of shares on issue. No shares have

been issued in the previous five years under the plans.

(i) West Australian Newspapers Holdings Limited Executive Share Purchase and Loan Plan

This plan was approved at the annual general meeting of the Company on 9 october 1992. The operation of this plan has been suspended and no 

executives have been invited to apply for shares since 2002. Senior executives of the Group were from time to time invited to apply for shares as

determined by the board of directors.

Shares issued under the plan were not able to be sold until the expiry of three years from date of issue. Up to half the shares could have been sold 

during the fourth and fifth year and there were no restrictions on sale after five years from the date of issue.  The loans are repayable immediately 

upon termination of employment except in cases of termination due to death, total and permanent disablement, retirement or other circumstances 

approved by the directors, where two years are allowed for repayment of the loan.

In all other respects the shares previously issued in accordance with the plan rank equally with other fully-paid ordinary shares on issue.

(ii) West Australian Newspapers Holdings Limited Employee Share Plan

This plan was approved at the annual general meeting of the Company on 22 october, 1993.  The operation of the plan has been suspended and no 

employees have been invited to apply for shares since 2002.

Where an allocation of shares was made under the plan, eligible employees were invited to participate.  Eligible employees were those who:

- were permanent employees of the Group on either a full-time or part-time (minimum 20 hours per week) basis;

- were 18 years of age or over; 

-

had completed 12 months continuous employment.

94

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

32. ShARE-bASED PAYMENTS (CoNTINUED)

The total number of shares for which employees were invited to apply was determined by the board of directors with allocations to individual 

employees being based on salary levels.

Shares under the plan were not able to be sold until the earlier of two years after issue or cessation of employment with the Group. In all other

respects the shares rank equally with other fully-paid ordinary shares on issue.

Under AASb 2 Share-based Payment , the plans are deemed as equity settled, share-based remuneration and treated as an in-substance grant of options.  

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption in AASb 1 First-time Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards 

not to apply AASb 2 to shares issued under these plans.

Refer note 1(w)(iii) for accounting policy relating to share-based payments.

33. RECoNCILIATIoN of PRofIT AfTER INCoME TAX To NET CASh PRoVIDED

  bY oPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit for the year after tax
Profit for the year after tax

Non-cash items
Non-cash items

Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation
Net gain on sale of non-current assets
Net gain on sale of non-current assets
Employee benefits expense – share-based payments
Employee benefits expense – share-based payments
Dividend received from equity-accounted investees less share of profit of equity-accounted investees
Dividend received from equity accounted investees less share of profit of equity accounted investees
Transfers from plant and equipment to inventories
Transfers from plant and equipment to inventories
Non-cash investment in associated entity
Non-cash investment in associated entity

Movement in:
Movement in:

Receivables
Receivables
Inventories
Inventories
Program rights
Program rights
other operating assets
other operating assets
Payables
Payables
Program liabilities
Program liabilities
Provisions
Provisions
other operating liabilities
other operating liabilities
Tax balances
Tax balances

Net cash inflow from operating activities
Net cash inflow from operating activities

2011
2011
$'000
$'000

2010
2010
$'000
$'000

115,122
115,122

              96,223 
              96,223 

63,304
63,304
(73)
(73)
68
68
(1,138)
(1,138)
-
-
(1,249)
(1,249)

              20,932 
              20,932 
                  (468)
                  (468)
-
-
                    381 
                    381 
                 1,021 
                 1,021 
                          - 
                          - 

18,878
18,878
(3,917)
(3,917)
(40,837)
(40,837)
1,223
1,223
(28,537)
(28,537)
(413)
(413)
1,858
1,858
(11,464)
(11,464)
28,120
28,120

               (2,597)
               (2,597)
                  (853)
                  (853)
                          - 
                          - 
               (1,516)
               (1,516)
               (1,541)
               (1,541)
                          - 
                          - 
             (14,963)
            (14,963)
                 1,137 
                 1,137 
                 5,679 
                 5,679 

140,945
140,945

            103,435 
            103,435 

Seven West media – annual report 2011    95

          
            
                    
                     
                         
             
                         
             
            
             
           
               
           
                 
               
           
            
          
         
            
                   
                     
                         
             
                         
             
            
             
          
              
          
                 
              
          
            
         
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
foR ThE YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

34. PARENT ENTITY fINANCIAL INfoRMATIoN

Summary of financial information

The individual financial statements for the Parent Entity show the following aggregate amounts:

Balance sheet

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital

Reserves

Asset revaluation reserve

Equity compensation reserve

Retained earnings

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Parent entity

2011

$'000

2010

$'000

40,882

              39,515 

2,538,901

            187,186 

14,816

                 6,627 

21,618

              39,664 

2,489,061

            126,520 

8,352

                 8,352 

(86)

                     (86)

19,956

              12,736 

2,517,283

            147,522 

104,528

              60,989 

104,528

              60,989 

Guarantees entered into by the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity has provided financial guarantees in respect of borrowings of a subsidiary amounting to $216,000,000 (2010: $261,000,000).  

No liability was recognised by the Parent Entity in relation to these guarantees, as the fair value of the guarantees is immaterial.

In addition, there are cross guarantees given by Seven West Media Limited and its subsidiaries described in note 30.

Contingent liabilities of the Parent Entity

The Parent Entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 25 June 2011 or 30 June 2010. for information about guarantees given by the

Parent Entity refer above.

35. EVENTS oCCURRING AfTER ThE REPoRTING DATE
There are no matters or circumstances which have arisen since 25 June 2011 that have significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations 
There are no matters or circumstances which have arisen since 25 June 2011 that have significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations 
of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in financial years subsequent to 25 June 2011.
of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in financial years subsequent to 25 June 2011.

96

            
      
            
            
      
               
                    
            
      
          
          
Directors’ Declaration
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

In the directors’ opinion:

(a)  the financial statements and notes set out on pages 44 to 96 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 , including:

(i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001  and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

(ii)  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 25 June 2011 and of its performance for the 

financial year ended on that date; and

(b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and 

payable; and

(c)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group  

identified in note 30 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or  may become, subject by virtue of 

the deed of cross guarantee described in note 30.

Note 1(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International financial Reporting Standards as issued by the 

International Accounting Standards board.

The directors have been given the declarations by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer required by section 295A of 

the Corporations Act 2001.

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

KM Stokes AC

Chairman 

Perth, Western Australia
20 September 2011

Seven West media – annual report 2011    97

Independent Auditor’s Report
To ThE MEMbERS of SEVEN WEST MEDIA LIMITED

Independent auditor’s report to the members of  
Seven West Media Limited 

Report on the financial report  

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Seven West Media Limited (the company), 
which comprises the balance sheet as at 25 June 2011, the statement of comprehensive income, 
statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended on that date, a summary 
of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for the Seven 
West Media Limited Group (the consolidated entity). The consolidated entity comprises the company 
and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year. 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report 

The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In Note 1, the 
directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial 
Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s responsibility  

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted 
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. These Auditing Standards require that we 
comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. 
In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s 
preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness 
of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting 
policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

Our procedures include reading the other information in the Annual Report to determine whether it 
contains any material inconsistencies with the financial report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our audit opinion.  

98 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  
Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY  NSW  1171 
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au  

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
To ThE MEMbERS of SEVEN WEST MEDIA LIMITED

Independence 

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations 
Act 2001.  

Auditor’s opinion  

In our opinion: 

(a) 

the financial report of Seven West Media Limited is in accordance with the Corporations Act 
2001, including: 

(i) 

(ii) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 25 June 
2011 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian 
Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(b) 

the financial report and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as disclosed in Note 1. 

Report on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 33 to 42 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 25 June 2011.  The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Auditor’s opinion  

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Seven West Media Limited for the year ended 25 June 
2011, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

DS Wiadrowski    
Partner  

20 September 2011 

99 

Seven West media – annual report 2011    99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Information

DIRECToRS
KM Stokes AC - Chairman

DR flynn

DJ Leckie - Chief Executive officer & Managing Director   

PJT Gammell 

GT John Ao 

JC Reizes

DR Voelte

SMC Walsh Ao

CoMPANY SECRETARY
PJ bryant

REGISTERED offICE
Newspaper house

50 hasler Road

osborne Park WA 6017

ShARE REGISTRY
Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

45 St Georges Terrace

Perth WA 6000

Telephone (08) 9323 2000

fax  (08) 9323 2033

AUDIToRS
PricewaterhouseCoopers

201 Sussex Street

Sydney NSW 2000

LEGAL ADVISoRS
Addisons

60 Carrington St

Sydney NSW 2000

Allens Arthur Robinson

Deutsche bank Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Clayton Utz

1 o’Connell Street

Sydney NSW 2000

freehills

MLC Centre

Martin Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Johnson Winter & Slattery

20 bond Street

Sydney NSW 2000

100

Investor Information

ShAREhoLDER INqUIRIES
Investors seeking information regarding their shareholding or dividends or wishing to advise of a change of address should contact the 
Share Registry at:

Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd

45 St Georges Terrace

Perth WA 6000

Telephone: (08) 9323 2000

facsimile: (08) 9323 2033 or

Visit the online service at www.computershare.com.au

Computershare has an online service which enables investors to make online changes, view balances and transaction history, as 
well as obtain information about recent dividend payments, download various forms and update shareholder details to assist in the 
management of their holding. To use this service, simply visit the Computershare website.

other general inquiries may be directed to Mr Peter bryant, Company Secretary on (08) 9482 3138 or visit the website at 
www.sevenwestmedia.com.au

TAX fILE NUMbER INfoRMATIoN
The company is obliged to record Tax file Numbers or exemption details provided by shareholders. While it is not compulsory for 
shareholders to provide a Tax file Number or exemption details, Seven West Media Limited is obliged to deduct tax from unfranked 
dividends paid to investors resident in Australia who have not supplied such information. forms are available upon request from the 
Share Registry or shareholders can submit their Tax file Number via the Registries’ website.

ThE ChESS SYSTEM
Seven West Media Limited operates under ChESS – Clearing house Electronic Subregister System – an Australian Securities Exchange 
system which permits the electronic transfer and registration of shares. Under ChESS, the company issues a Statement of holdings to 
investors, instead of share certificates, and the statement will quote the holder Identification Number (hIN ). The hIN number should be 
quoted on any correspondence investors have with the Share Registry.

The company will maintain investors’ holdings in an Issuer Sponsored facility, which enables investors to maintain their holding without 
the need to be tied to any particular stockbroker.

Seven West media – annual report 2011    101

Shareholder Information
YEAR ENDED 25 JUNE 2011

The shareholder information set out below was applicable at 20 September 2011.

A.  DISTRIbUTIoN of EqUITY SECURITIES
a)  Analysis of numbers of equity security holders by size of holding:

Size of holding

1 - 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

100,001 and over

b)  There were 191 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares.

b.  EqUITY SECURITY hoLDERS
The names of the twenty largest holders of equity securities are listed below:

Name

Seven Media Group Pty Ltd

National Nominees Limited

The Trust Company (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

hSbC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

Australian foundation Investment Company Limited

AMP Life Limited

Australian foundation Investment Company Limited

Australian Reward Investment Alliance

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Neweconomy Com Au Nominees Pty Limited <900 Account>

UbS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

TCW Crescent Mezzanine Partners IV/IVb (Ireland) Ltd

Djerriwarrh Investments Limited

Milton Corporation Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Number of shareholders

7,320

15,032

3,695

2,268

110

28,425

Number of 
ordinary shares held

Percentage of 
issued shares

180,467,446

68,755,613

68,227,286

38,789,012

34,504,001

11,873,781

11,544,900

7,672,115

6,565,950

5,286,970

4,597,846

4,356,639

3,401,542

2,770,461

2,763,417

2,691,565

2,002,370

1,736,064

1,715,264

1,447,290

29.57

11.27

11.18

6.36

5.65

1.95

1.89

1.26

1.08

0.87

0.75

0.71

0.56

0.45

0.45

0.44

0.33

0.28

0.28

0.24

461,169,532

75.57

102

Shareholder Information
Year ended 25 June 2011

C.  SubStantial ShareholderS
Substantial shareholders in the Company are set out below:

Name

Seven Media Group Pty ltd

the trust Company (australia) limited as trustee of the KKr australia iii trust

ausbil dexia limited

Number of 
ordinary shares held

Percentage of 
issued shares

180,467,446

69,288,792

34,814,584

29.57

11.35

5.70

 the above percentages include the relevant interests held pursuant to the Corporations act 2001 and accordingly may differ from that 
disclosed in note b.

d.  VotinG riGhtS
 on a show of hands every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll each share shall have one vote.

Seven West Media – Annual Report 2011    103

ThIS PAGE hAS bEEN LEfT bLANK INTENTIoNALLY 

104

106